Configuration Manual SIMOTICS L-1FN3 Linear Motors

1FN3 linear motors

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

___________________

SIMOTICS

Drive technology 1FN3 linear motors

Configuration Manual

03/2015 6SN1197-0AB86-0BP1

Introduction

Fundamental safety instructions

1

Description of the motor 2

Motor components, properties and options

3

Configuration 4

Storage and transport 5

Mechanical installation 6

Electrical connection 7

Maintenance 8

Technical data and characteristics

9

Installation diagrams and dimension tables

10

Environmental compatibility 11

Coupled motors 12

Appendix A

Siemens AG Division Digital Factory Postfach 48 48 90026 NÜRNBERG GERMANY

Order number: 6SN1197-0AB86-0BP1 Ⓟ 04/2015 Subject to change

Copyright © Siemens AG 2010 - 2015. All rights reserved

Legal information Warning notice system

This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage.

Qualified Personnel The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.

Proper use of Siemens products Note the following:

WARNING Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.

Disclaimer of Liability We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions.

1FN3 linear motors Configuration Manual, 03/2015, 6SN1197-0AB86-0BP1 5

Introduction

More information Information on the following topics is available under the link:

● Ordering documentation/overview of documentation

● Additional links to download documents

● Using documentation online (find and search in manuals/information)

http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/docu

Please send any questions about the technical documentation (e.g. suggestions for improvement, corrections) to the following e-mail address:

[email protected]

Current manuals and operating instructions for motors / direct drives are available on the Internet under the following link:


Any manuals or operating instructions that you may have in printed or electronic file form could be of an older product version.

Commissioning information You can find information about commissioning SIMOTICS L-1FN3 linear motors

● In the SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual and

● In the operating instructions

For additional information sources, refer to the table "Usage phases and required documents/tools".

Target group This manual is aimed at planning, project, and design engineers as well as electricians, fitters, and service personnel.

Benefits This manual provides information on the rules and guidelines that must be observed when configuring a system with motors from the 1FN3 product family. It also helps with the selection of peak and continuous load motors within this range.

This documentation should be kept in a location where it can be easily accessed and made available to the personnel responsible.


mailto:[email protected]


Introduction

1FN3 linear motors 6 Configuration Manual, 03/2015, 6SN1197-0AB86-0BP1

Text features In addition to the notes that you must observe for your own personal safety as well as to avoid material damage, in this document you will find the following text features:

Operating instructions

Operating instructions with the specified sequence are designated using the following symbols:

The arrow indicates the start of the operating instructions.

The individual handling steps are numbered.

1. Execute the operating instructions in the specified sequence.

The square indicates the end of the operating instruction.

Operating instructions without a specified sequence are identified using a bullet point:

● Execute the operating instructions.

Enumerations

● Enumerations are identified by a bullet point without any additional symbols.

– Enumerations at the second level are hyphenated.

Notes

Notes are shown as follows:

Note

A Note is an important item of information about the product, handling of the product or the relevant section of the document. Notes provide you with help or further suggestions/ideas.

Standard scope This documentation describes the functionality of the standard version. Extensions or changes made by the machine manufacturer are documented by the machine manufacturer.

Other functions not described in this documentation might be able to be executed in the drive system. This does not, however, represent an obligation to supply such functions with a new delivery or when servicing.

For reasons of clarity, this documentation does not contain all the detailed information about all types of the product and cannot cover every conceivable case of installation, operation or maintenance.

Introduction


Technical Support Country-specific telephone numbers for technical support are provided on the Internet under Contact:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

Usage phases and their documents/tools

Table 1 Usage phases and the required documents/tools

Usage phase Document / tool / measure Orientation • SINAMICS S Sales Documentation

• Siemens Internet pages Motion Control

Planning / configuring • SIZER configuration tool • CAD-Creator selection and engineering tool

for dimension drawings, 2D/3D CAD data, generating system docu-mentation

• DT Configurator to select and configure drive products • Configuration Manuals, Motors • Configuring notes from Catalogs NC 61 and NC 62 • SINAMICS S120 Configuration Manuals • SINAMICS S120 Safety Integrated Function Manual • SINAMICS S120 List Manual • Technical Support

– Mechatronic support – Application support – Technical Application Center

Deciding / ordering • Catalogs NC 61, NC 62, PM 21 • SIZER configuring tool (generating parts lists)

Transporting / storing • Operating instructions, motors

Installation / mounting • Operating instructions, motors • Installation instructions for the machine • SINAMICS S120 Manuals • Documentation for encoders • Examples of additional, possibly necessary documentation for the

following system components: – Cooling system – Brake – Line filter – HFD reactor or Active Interface Module


Introduction


Usage phase Document / tool / measure Commissioning / operating

• Siemens commissioning training courses (SITRAIN courses) • Commissioning support provided by Siemens • Operating instructions, motors • Configuration Manual Motors • STARTER commissioning tool • SINAMICS S120 Getting Started • SINAMICS S120 Manuals • SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual • SINAMICS S120 List Manual • SINAMICS S120 Function Manuals • Documentation for encoders • Examples of additional, possibly necessary documentation for the

following system components: – Cooling system – Brake – Line filter – HFD reactor or Active Interface Module

Maintenance / decom-missioning / disposal

• Operating instructions, motors

Internet address for products http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol

Websites of third parties This publication contains hyperlinks to websites of third parties. Siemens does not take any responsibility for the contents of these websites or adopt any of these websites or their contents as their own, because Siemens does not control the information on these websites and is also not responsible for the contents and information provided there. Use of these websites is at the risk of the person doing so.

Standards and regulations The product complies with the standards relating to the Low-Voltage Directive stated in the EC Declaration of Conformity.

The EC Declaration of Conformity for the Low Voltage Directive can be found in the Appendix.

The motor components and also the packaging comply with EC directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS).

http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol


Table of contents

Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 5

1 Fundamental safety instructions ............................................................................................................ 15

1.1 General safety instructions ..................................................................................................... 15

1.2 Handling electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD) ...................................................................... 20

1.3 Industrial security .................................................................................................................... 20

1.4 Residual risks during the operation of electric motors ............................................................ 21

2 Description of the motor ........................................................................................................................ 23

2.1 Use for the intended purpose ................................................................................................. 23

2.2 Properties ................................................................................................................................ 24 2.2.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................. 24 2.2.2 Benefits ................................................................................................................................... 25

2.3 Technical features and ambient conditions ............................................................................ 26 2.3.1 Danger from strong magnetic fields ........................................................................................ 26 2.3.2 Technical features ................................................................................................................... 30 2.3.3 Direction of motion of the motor .............................................................................................. 31 2.3.4 Ambient conditions for fixed use ............................................................................................. 32 2.3.5 Degrees of protection.............................................................................................................. 33 2.3.6 Noise emission ........................................................................................................................ 33 2.3.7 Vibration response .................................................................................................................. 34

2.4 Selection and ordering data .................................................................................................... 34

2.5 Rating plate data ..................................................................................................................... 40

2.6 Order designation ................................................................................................................... 40 2.6.1 Primary sections ..................................................................................................................... 41 2.6.2 Secondary sections ................................................................................................................. 41 2.6.3 Primary section accessories ................................................................................................... 42 2.6.3.1 Precision cooler ...................................................................................................................... 42 2.6.3.2 Hall sensor box ....................................................................................................................... 42 2.6.3.3 Connection cover .................................................................................................................... 43 2.6.3.4 Plug connector ........................................................................................................................ 43 2.6.4 Secondary section accessories .............................................................................................. 44 2.6.4.1 Secondary section end pieces ................................................................................................ 44 2.6.4.2 Cooling sections ...................................................................................................................... 44 2.6.4.3 Secondary section cover ........................................................................................................ 45 2.6.5 Ordering example ................................................................................................................... 45

3 Motor components, properties and options ............................................................................................ 47

3.1 Overview of the motor construction ........................................................................................ 47

3.2 Scope of delivery .................................................................................................................... 50 3.2.1 Scope of delivery linear motor ................................................................................................ 50 3.2.2 Supplied pictograms ............................................................................................................... 50

Table of contents


3.3 Temperature monitoring and thermal motor protection ......................................................... 53

3.4 Cooling ................................................................................................................................... 56 3.4.1 Motor cooling .......................................................................................................................... 56 3.4.2 Cooling circuits ....................................................................................................................... 64 3.4.3 Coolant ................................................................................................................................... 66 3.4.4 Specifying the intake temperature ......................................................................................... 68

3.5 Encoders ................................................................................................................................ 70

3.6 Hall Sensor Box ..................................................................................................................... 74

3.7 Braking concepts.................................................................................................................... 76

4 Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 79

4.1 Software tools ........................................................................................................................ 79 4.1.1 SIZER configuration tool ........................................................................................................ 79 4.1.2 STARTER drive/commissioning software .............................................................................. 80

4.2 Procedure ............................................................................................................................... 81 4.2.1 Mechanical boundary conditions............................................................................................ 83 4.2.2 Specifying the load cycle ....................................................................................................... 85 4.2.3 Determination of the motor thrust, peak thrust and continuous thrust ................................... 90 4.2.4 Selection of the primary sections ........................................................................................... 91 4.2.5 Specifying the number of secondary sections ....................................................................... 93 4.2.6 Operation in the area of reduced magnetic coverage............................................................ 95 4.2.7 Checking the dynamic mass .................................................................................................. 96 4.2.8 Selecting the power module ................................................................................................... 96 4.2.9 Calculation of the required infeed .......................................................................................... 97

4.3 Examples ............................................................................................................................... 98 4.3.1 Positioning in a specified time ................................................................................................ 98 4.3.2 Gantry with transverse axis .................................................................................................. 107 4.3.3 Dimensioning the cooling system ........................................................................................ 109 4.3.3.1 Basic information.................................................................................................................. 109 4.3.3.2 Example: Dimensioning the cooling ..................................................................................... 110

5 Storage and transport .......................................................................................................................... 113

5.1 Safety instructions for storage and transport ....................................................................... 113

5.2 Ambient conditions for long term storage and transport ...................................................... 115

5.3 Storage ................................................................................................................................. 116

5.4 Packaging specifications for transport by air ....................................................................... 117

6 Mechanical installation ......................................................................................................................... 121

6.1 Safety instructions for mechanical installation ..................................................................... 121

6.2 Mechanical design ............................................................................................................... 124

6.3 General procedure ............................................................................................................... 125

6.4 Installation dimensions ......................................................................................................... 125

6.5 Checking the mounting dimensions ..................................................................................... 127

6.6 Air gap .................................................................................................................................. 127

6.7 Procedure when installing the motor ................................................................................... 128

Table of contents


6.8 Mounting system ................................................................................................................... 132

6.9 Cooling connection ............................................................................................................... 135 6.9.1 Primary section cooling connection ...................................................................................... 136 6.9.2 Secondary section cooling connection ................................................................................. 137

7 Electrical connection ........................................................................................................................... 141

7.1 Safety notes for electrical connections ................................................................................. 141

7.2 System integration ................................................................................................................ 143 7.2.1 SINAMICS drive system ....................................................................................................... 143 7.2.2 Connection schematic with Sensor Module External SME 12x ............................................ 144 7.2.3 Connection schematic with Terminal Module TM120 ........................................................... 145 7.2.4 Max. permissible SINAMICS cable lengths .......................................................................... 146 7.2.5 Advantages of prefabricated cables ..................................................................................... 146 7.2.6 Safety information on the HFD reactor ................................................................................. 147 7.2.7 Note regarding Active Line Modules ..................................................................................... 147

7.3 Electrical connections at the motor ....................................................................................... 148 7.3.1 Power connection ................................................................................................................. 148 7.3.2 Terminal panel ...................................................................................................................... 153

7.4 Connecting the temperature monitoring circuit ..................................................................... 156 7.4.1 Sensor Module External SME 12x ........................................................................................ 156 7.4.2 Terminal Module TM120 ....................................................................................................... 158

7.5 Cable routing ......................................................................................................................... 159 7.5.1 Notes for routing electric cables ........................................................................................... 159 7.5.2 Notes on cable properties ..................................................................................................... 160

7.6 Shielding, grounding, and equipotential bonding .................................................................. 161

8 Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................... 163

8.1 Safety instructions for maintenance ...................................................................................... 163

8.2 Safety instructions for checking the insulation resistance .................................................... 167

8.3 Maintenance ......................................................................................................................... 168

9 Technical data and characteristics ...................................................................................................... 169

9.1 Properties .............................................................................................................................. 169

9.2 Definition of the motor data ................................................................................................... 169

9.3 Explanations of the characteristic curves ............................................................................. 173

9.4 1FN3050 ............................................................................................................................... 176

9.5 1FN3100 ............................................................................................................................... 185

9.6 1FN3150 ............................................................................................................................... 221

9.7 1FN3300 ............................................................................................................................... 254

9.8 1FN3450 ............................................................................................................................... 293

9.9 1FN3600 ............................................................................................................................... 353

9.10 1FN3900 ............................................................................................................................... 389

9.11 Additional characteristic curves ............................................................................................ 419

Table of contents


10 Installation diagrams and dimension tables .......................................................................................... 423

10.1 Position tolerance for fastening holes .................................................................................. 423

10.2 Installation dimensions ......................................................................................................... 424

10.3 1FN3050, 1FN3100, 1FN3150 ............................................................................................. 425 10.3.1 1FN3050 .............................................................................................................................. 425 10.3.2 1FN3100, 1FN3150 ............................................................................................................. 432 10.3.3 Mounting the Hall sensor box .............................................................................................. 440 10.3.4 Heatsink profiles................................................................................................................... 444

10.4 1FN3300, 1FN3450 ............................................................................................................. 446 10.4.1 Mounting the Hall sensor box .............................................................................................. 454 10.4.2 Heatsink profiles................................................................................................................... 458

10.5 1FN3600 .............................................................................................................................. 460 10.5.1 Mounting the Hall sensor box .............................................................................................. 465 10.5.2 Heatsink profiles................................................................................................................... 469

10.6 1FN3900 .............................................................................................................................. 470 10.6.1 Mounting the Hall sensor box .............................................................................................. 475 10.6.2 Heatsink profiles................................................................................................................... 479

11 Environmental compatibility .................................................................................................................. 481

11.1 Environmental compatibility during production .................................................................... 481

11.2 Disposal ............................................................................................................................... 481 11.2.1 Disposing of secondary sections ......................................................................................... 482 11.2.2 Disposal of packaging .......................................................................................................... 482

12 Coupled motors ................................................................................................................................... 483

12.1 System integration for coupled motors ................................................................................ 484

12.2 Electrical parallel connection ............................................................................................... 484

12.3 PARALLEL arrangement ..................................................................................................... 489

12.4 TANDEM arrangement ........................................................................................................ 490

12.5 ANTIPARALLEL arrangement ............................................................................................. 491

12.6 JANUS arrangement ............................................................................................................ 493

12.7 Interdigital motors................................................................................................................. 495

Table of contents


A Appendix............................................................................................................................................. 497

A.1 List of abbreviations .............................................................................................................. 497

A.2 Declaration of conformity for the 1FN3 ................................................................................. 499

A.3 Recommended manufacturers ............................................................................................. 500 A.3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 500 A.3.2 Manufacturers of braking elements ...................................................................................... 500 A.3.3 Manufacturers of cold water units ......................................................................................... 500 A.3.4 Manufacturers of anti-corrosion agents ................................................................................ 501 A.3.5 Manufacturers of connectors for cooling ............................................................................... 501 A.3.6 Manufacturers of plastic hose manufacturers ....................................................................... 501 A.3.7 Manufacturers of connector nipples and reinforcing sleeves ............................................... 501 A.3.8 Manufacturers of spacer foils ................................................................................................ 502

A.4 Terminal markings according to EN 60034-8:2002 .............................................................. 502

Glossary ............................................................................................................................................. 503

Index................................................................................................................................................... 505

Table of contents



Fundamental safety instructions 1 1.1 General safety instructions

DANGER

Danger to life due to live parts and other energy sources

Death or serious injury can result when live parts are touched. • Only work on electrical devices when you are qualified for this job. • Always observe the country-specific safety rules.

Generally, six steps apply when establishing safety: 1. Prepare for shutdown and notify all those who will be affected by the procedure. 2. Disconnect the machine from the supply.

– Switch off the machine. – Wait until the discharge time specified on the warning labels has elapsed. – Check that it really is in a no-voltage condition, from phase conductor to phase

conductor and phase conductor to protective conductor. – Check whether the existing auxiliary supply circuits are de-energized. – Ensure that the motors cannot move.

3. Identify all other dangerous energy sources, e.g. compressed air, hydraulic systems, or water.

4. Isolate or neutralize all hazardous energy sources by closing switches, grounding or short-circuiting or closing valves, for example.

5. Secure the energy sources against switching on again. 6. Ensure that the correct machine is completely interlocked.

After you have completed the work, restore the operational readiness in the inverse sequence.

Fundamental safety instructions 1.1 General safety instructions


WARNING

Danger to life through a hazardous voltage when connecting an unsuitable power supply

Touching live components can result in death or severe injury. • Only use power supplies that provide SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) or PELV

(Protective Extra Low Voltage) output voltages for all connections and terminals of the electronics modules.

WARNING

Danger to life when live parts are touched on damaged motors/devices

Improper handling of motors/devices can damage them.

For damaged motors/devices, hazardous voltages can be present at the enclosure or at exposed components. • Ensure compliance with the limit values specified in the technical data during transport,

storage and operation. • Do not use any damaged motors/devices.

WARNING

Danger to life through electric shock due to unconnected cable shields

Hazardous touch voltages can occur through capacitive cross-coupling due to unconnected cable shields. • As a minimum, connect cable shields and the conductors of power cables that are not

used (e.g. brake cores) at one end at the grounded housing potential.

WARNING

Danger to life due to electric shock when not grounded

For missing or incorrectly implemented protective conductor connection for devices with protection class I, high voltages can be present at open, exposed parts, which when touched, can result in death or severe injury. • Ground the device in compliance with the applicable regulations.



WARNING

Danger to life due to electric shock when opening plug connections in operation

When opening plug connections in operation, arcs can result in severe injury or death. • Only open plug connections when the equipment is in a no-voltage state, unless it has

been explicitly stated that they can be opened in operation.

WARNING

Danger to life through unexpected movement of machines when using mobile wireless devices or mobile phones

Using mobile wireless devices or mobile phones with a transmit power > 1 W closer than approx. 2 m to the components may cause the devices to malfunction, influence the functional safety of machines therefore putting people at risk or causing material damage. • Switch the wireless devices or mobile phones off in the immediate vicinity of the

components.

WARNING

Danger of an accident occurring due to missing or illegible warning labels

Missing or illegible warning labels can result in accidents involving death or serious injury. • Check that the warning labels are complete based on the documentation. • Attach any missing warning labels to the components, in the national language if

necessary. • Replace illegible warning labels.



WARNING

Danger to life when safety functions are inactive

Safety functions that are inactive or that have not been adjusted accordingly can cause operational faults on machines that could lead to serious injury or death. • Observe the information in the appropriate product documentation before

commissioning. • Carry out a safety inspection for functions relevant to safety on the entire system,

including all safety-related components. • Ensure that the safety functions used in your drives and automation tasks are adjusted

and activated through appropriate parameterizing. • Perform a function test. • Only put your plant into live operation once you have guaranteed that the functions

relevant to safety are running correctly.

Note Important safety notices for Safety Integrated functions

If you want to use Safety Integrated functions, you must observe the safety notices in the Safety Integrated manuals.

WARNING

Danger to life from electromagnetic fields

Electromagnetic fields (EMF) are generated by the operation of electrical power equipment such as transformers, converters or motors.

People with pacemakers or implants are at a special risk in the immediate vicinity of these devices/systems. • Ensure that the persons involved are the necessary distance away (minimum 2 m).

WARNING

Danger to life from permanent magnet fields

Even when switched off, electric motors with permanent magnets represent a potential risk for persons with heart pacemakers or implants if they are close to converters/motors. • If you are such a person (with heart pacemaker or implant) then keep a minimum

distance of 2 m. • When transporting or storing permanent magnet motors always use the original packing

materials with the warning labels attached. • Clearly mark the storage locations with the appropriate warning labels. • IATA regulations must be observed when transported by air.

Fundamental safety instructions 1.2 Handling electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD)


WARNING

Injury caused by moving parts or those that are flung out

Touching moving motor parts or drive output elements and loose motor parts that are flung out (e.g. feather keys) in operation can result in severe injury or death. • Remove any loose parts or secure them so that they cannot be flung out. • Do not touch any moving parts. • Safeguard all moving parts using the appropriate safety guards.

WARNING

Danger to life due to fire if overheating occurs because of insufficient cooling

Inadequate cooling can cause overheating resulting in death or severe injury as a result of smoke and fire. This can also result in increased failures and reduced service lives of motors. • Comply with the specified coolant requirements for the motor.

WARNING

Danger to life due to fire as a result of overheating caused by incorrect operation

When incorrectly operated and in the case of a fault, the motor can overheat resulting in fire and smoke. This can result in severe injury or death. Further, excessively high temperatures destroy motor components and result in increased failures as well as shorter service lives of motors. • Operate the motor according to the relevant specifications. • Only operate the motors in conjunction with effective temperature monitoring. • Immediately switch off the motor if excessively high temperatures occur.

CAUTION

Risk of injury due to touching hot surfaces

In operation, the motor can reach high temperatures, which can cause burns if touched. • Mount the motor so that it is not accessible in operation.

When maintenance is required • allow the motor to cool down before starting any work. • Use the appropriate personnel protection equipment, e.g. gloves.

Fundamental safety instructions 1.2 Handling electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD)


1.2 Handling electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD) Electrostatic sensitive devices (ESD) are individual components, integrated circuits, modules or devices that may be damaged by either electric fields or electrostatic discharge.

NOTICE

Damage through electric fields or electrostatic discharge

Electric fields or electrostatic discharge can cause malfunctions through damaged individual components, integrated circuits, modules or devices. • Only pack, store, transport and send electronic components, modules or devices in their

original packaging or in other suitable materials, e.g conductive foam rubber of aluminum foil.

• Only touch components, modules and devices when you are grounded by one of the following methods: – Wearing an ESD wrist strap – Wearing ESD shoes or ESD grounding straps in ESD areas with conductive flooring

• Only place electronic components, modules or devices on conductive surfaces (table with ESD surface, conductive ESD foam, ESD packaging, ESD transport container).

1.3 Industrial security

Note Industrial security

Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are important components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates.

For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Third-party products that may be in use should also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visit Hotspot-Text (http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).

To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter. For more information, visit Hotspot-Text (http://support.automation.siemens.com).

http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity

http://support.automation.siemens.com/

Fundamental safety instructions 1.4 Residual risks during the operation of electric motors


WARNING

Danger as a result of unsafe operating states resulting from software manipulation

Software manipulation (e.g. by viruses, Trojan horses, malware, worms) can cause unsafe operating states to develop in your installation which can result in death, severe injuries and/or material damage. • Keep the software up to date.

You will find relevant information and newsletters at this address (http://support.automation.siemens.com).

• Incorporate the automation and drive components into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept for the installation or machine. You will find further information at this address (http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity).

• Make sure that you include all installed products into the holistic industrial security concept.

1.4 Residual risks during the operation of electric motors The motors may be operated only when all protective equipment is used.

Motors may be handled only by qualified and instructed qualified personnel that knows and observes all safety instructions for the motors that are explained in the associated technical user documentation.

When assessing the machine's risk in accordance with the respective local regulations (e.g., EC Machinery Directive), the machine manufacturer must take into account the following residual risks emanating from the control and drive components of a drive system:

1. Unintentional movements of driven machine components during commissioning, operation, maintenance, and repairs caused by, for example,

– Hardware and/or software errors in the sensors, control system, actuators, and cables and connections

– Response times of the control system and of the drive – Operation and/or environmental conditions outside the specification – Condensation/conductive contamination – Errors during the assembly, installation, programming and parameterization – Use of wireless devices/mobile phones in the immediate vicinity of the control system – External influences/damage

2. In case of failure, unusually high temperatures inside and outside the motor, including open fire as well as the emission of light, noise, particles, gases, etc. can result, for example in

– Component failure – Software errors in converter operation – Operation and/or environmental conditions outside the specification – External influences/damage

http://support.automation.siemens.com/

http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity

Fundamental safety instructions 1.4 Residual risks during the operation of electric motors


3. Hazardous shock voltages caused by, for example,

– Component failure

– Influence during electrostatic charging

– Induction of voltages in moving motors

– Operation and/or environmental conditions outside the specification

– Condensation/conductive contamination

– External influences/damage

4. Electrical, magnetic and electromagnetic fields generated in operation that can pose a risk to people with a pacemaker, implants or metal replacement joints, etc., if they are too close

5. Release of noxious substances and emissions in the case of improper operation and/or improper disposal of components


Description of the motor 2 2.1 Use for the intended purpose

WARNING

Risk of death and material damage as a result of incorrect use

There is a risk of death, serious injury and/or material damage when direct drives or their components are used for a purpose for which they were not intended. • Only use the motors for industrial or commercial plants and systems. • If, in an exceptional case, the motors are not used in industrial or commercial plants and

systems, then ensure that increased requirements (e.g. regarding touch protection) are complied with.

• Do not install the motors in hazardous zones if the motors have not been expressly and explicitly designed and authorized for this purpose. Carefully observe any special additional notes provided.

• Only use direct drives and their components for applications that Siemens has explicitly specified.

• Protect the motors against dirt and contact with aggressive substances. • Ensure that the installation conditions comply with the rating plate specifications and the

condition specifications contained in this documentation. Where relevant, take into account deviations regarding approvals or country-specific regulations.

• Contact your local Siemens office if you have any questions relating to correct use. • If you wish to use special versions and design versions whose technical details vary

from the motors described in this document, then you must contact your local Siemens office.

WARNING

Injury and material damage by not observing directive 2006/42/EC

There is a risk of death, serious injury and/or material damage if Directive 2006/42/EC is not carefully observed. • The products included in the scope of delivery are exclusively designed for installation in

a machine. Commissioning is prohibited until it has been fully established that the end product conforms with Directive 2006/42/EC.

• Please take into account all safety instructions and provide these to end users.

Description of the motor 2.2 Properties


Applications for peak load motors Combined with a drive system with digital closed-loop control, peak load motors are well suited as direct drives for linear motion, e.g. for:

● Highly dynamic and flexible machine tools

● Laser machining

● Handling

Applications for continuous load motors Combined with a drive system with digital closed-loop control, continuous load motors are well suited as direct drives for linear motion, e.g. for:

● Oscillating motion (e.g. out-of-center machining)

● Applications with high process forces (e.g. grinding, turning...)

● Vertical axes without weight compensation, quills

● Handling, Cartesian robots

Please take note of national and international license terms when operating direct motors so that no patent rights are violated.

2.2 Properties

2.2.1 Overview

Basic characteristics of the motor 1FN3 motors are permanent-magnet synchronous linear motors with a modular cooling concept. Depending on the accuracy requirements, the motor can be optionally operated with a primary section precision cooler and/or a secondary section cooling. To a large extent, the motors are then thermally neutral with respect to the machine itself.

The motor is delivered in components (at least primary section and secondary sections) and installed directly in the machine. Due to the series connection of primary and secondary sections, user-defined motor forces and straight traversing paths of various lengths can be achieved.

The motors are designed for the SINAMICS S120 drive system.

Description of the motor 2.2 Properties


Overview of the connection variants

2.2.2 Benefits

Advantages for customers The motors in the 1FN3 product family are powerful, affordable, universal motors with a broad range of types. While peak load motors excel through their overload capability and high power density, continuous load motors offer a high level of continuous power.

Motors in the 1FN3 product family show little susceptibility to harsh environmental conditions.

Double-comb motors can also be configured.

Description of the motor 2.3 Technical features and ambient conditions


Special features: ● Modular design: The motor can therefore be configured to optimally match the technical

requirements.

● The motor is thermally decoupled from the machine using a primary section precision cooler and secondary section cooling, based on the Thermo-Sandwich® principle

● Simple cooling medium connection

● Full metal encapsulation of the primary section and encased secondary sections for greater ruggedness

● The secondary section track can be fully covered: This provides an even surface and prevents unwanted particle deposits, especially in the gaps between the secondary sections.

● Simple electrical connection via an integrated connection compartment or permanent cable connections

Additional feature for peak load motors ● Low mass and high overload capability: The motor is ideally suited for acceleration drive

applications.

Additional features on the continuous load motor ● Low mass and high continuous load capability. The motor is ideally suited to load cycles

with continuous acceleration and braking phases and continuous loads, such as weight force or process forces.

● Low force ripple. The motor is suitable for high-precision applications

2.3 Technical features and ambient conditions

2.3.1 Danger from strong magnetic fields

Occurrence of magnetic fields Strong magnetic fields occur in the components of the motor that contain permanent magnets. The magnetic field strength of the motors results exclusively from the magnetic fields of the components with permanent magnets in the de-energized state. Electromagnetic fields also occur during operation.

Components with permanent magnets For the linear motors described in this manual, the permanent magnets are in the secondary sections.



Figure 2-1 Schematic representation of the static magnetic field of a secondary section, depending

on distance

Risk to persons as a result of strong magnetic fields

WARNING

Risk of death as a result of permanent magnet fields

Even when the motor is switched off, the permanent magnets can put people with active medical implants at risk if they are close to the motor.

Examples of active medical implants include: Heart pacemakers, insulin pumps.

Further, persons with magnetic or electrically conductive foreign bodies – for example metal implants – can be at risk.

With regard to the effect of strong magnetic fields on people, the work guideline BGV B 11 "Electromagnetic Fields" applies in Germany. This specifies all the requirements that must be observed in the workplace. In other countries, the applicable national and local regulations and requirements must be carefully taken into consideration!

BGV B 11 specifies a limit value of 212 mT for static magnetic fields. These are maintained for distances greater than 20 mm away from a secondary section.

The requirements of BGV B 11 must also be taken into account with regard to strong magnetic fields (BGV B11 §14).



CAUTION

Safe distances to the secondary section • If your job means that you are exposed to strong secondary section magnetic fields,

always maintain a minimum distance of 50 mm to a secondary section. • Personnel with pacemakers must maintain a distance of at least 500 mm from a

secondary section track.

Danger from induced voltages

WARNING

Risk of electric shock

Voltage is induced each time that the primary section moves with respect to the secondary section – and vice versa. If you touch the power connections you can suffer an electric shock. • Do not touch the electrical connections • Correctly connect the motor power connections or correctly insulate them.



Danger caused by magnetic forces of attraction of the secondary section

WARNING

Danger of crushing by permanent magnets of the secondary section

The forces of attraction of magnetic secondary sections act on materials that can be magnetized. The forces of attraction increase significantly close to the secondary section, at distances of less than 100 mm. Secondary sections and materials that can be magnetized can suddenly slam together unintentionally. Two secondary sections can also unintentionally slam together.

There is a significant risk of crushing when you are close to a secondary section.

Close to the secondary section, the forces of attraction can be several kN – example: Magnetic attractive forces are equivalent to a force of 100 kg, which is sufficient to trap a body part. • Do not underestimate the strength of the forces of attraction, and work very carefully. • Wear safety gloves. • The work should be done by at least two people. • Only remove the secondary section after the packaging immediately before installation,

and install it immediately. • Never unpack several secondary sections at the same time. • Never place secondary sections next to one another without taking the appropriate

precautions • Never place any metals on magnetic surfaces and vice versa • Never carry any objects made of magnetizable materials (for example watches, steel or

iron tools) and/or permanent magnets close to a secondary section. If in spite of this you are using magnetizable tools, keep a very firm hold of the tool and carefully observe the forces of attraction

• Magnetizable materials can suddenly slam together unintentionally. • Avoid inadvertently traversing direct drives • As an emergency measure keep the following tools at hand to release parts of the body

(hand, fingers, foot etc.) trapped between two components: – A hammer (about 3 kg) made of solid, non-magnetizable material – Two pointed wedges (wedge angle approx. 10° to 15°) made of solid, non-

magnetizable material (for example hard wood)

First aid in the case of accidents involving permanent magnets ● Stay calm.

● Press the emergency stop switch and, where necessary, switch off the main switch if the machine is live.

● Administer FIRST AID. Call for further help if required.



● To free jammed body parts (e.g., hands, fingers, feet), pull apart components that are clamped together.

– To do this, use a hammer to drive a wedge into the separating rift

– Release the jammed body parts.

● If necessary, call for an EMERGENCY DOCTOR.

Material damage caused by strong magnetic fields

NOTICE

Data loss caused by strong magnetic fields

If you are close to a secondary section (< 100 mm) any magnetic or electronic data medium as well as electronic devices that you are carrying can be destroyed. • Do not carry/wear any magnetic/electronic data media (e.g. credit cards, USB sticks,

floppy disks) and no electronic devices (e.g. watches) when you are close to a secondary section.

2.3.2 Technical features

Table 2- 1 Standard version of the 1FN3 range of motors: Technical features

Technical feature Design Motor type Permanent-magnet excited synchronous linear motor Type of construction Individual components Cooling Water cooling

• Maximum pressure in the cooling circuit: 10 bar = 1 MPa • Wiring: with G1/8 pipe thread (in compliance with

DIN EN ISO 228-1); special connectors are required to connect hoses/pipes

Thermal motor protection PTC thermistor temperature sensor in a triple connection (according to DIN 44081/DIN 44082) and KTY84 thermistor temperature sen-sor (according to DIN EN 60034-11) in the primary section;

Rating plate A second rating plate is provided for each motor. Insulation according to EN 60034-1

Temperature class 155 (F)

Permanent magnets • Material: Rare-earth compounds



Technical feature Design Electrical connection 1FN3050:

Signal and power cables with connectors or open ends permanently connected to the motor 1FN3100 - 1FN3900 Terminal panel with cover integrated in the motor, with metric cable glands for signal and power cables. Additional cover with heavy-gauge threaded joint for combined lines with 1FN3100 -xW - 1FN3900-xW

Encoder system • Not included in the scope of supply • Selection based on application-specific and converter-specific

supplementary conditions

Shock hazard protection and protection against the ingress of foreign bodies and water

• Primary section: IP65 (according to EN 60034-5) • Mounted motor: The degree of protection depends on the ma-

chine design and must therefore be realized by the machine manufacturer; minimum requirement: IP23

(see Chapter "Degrees of protection (Page 33)")

2.3.3 Direction of motion of the motor

Defining the traversing direction The direction of motion of the primary or secondary section is positive if the phase sequence U, V, W is maintained at the terminals in the terminal box.



2.3.4 Ambient conditions for fixed use Based on DIN EN 60721-3-3 (for fixed installation locations that all weather protected)

Table 2- 2 Climatic ambient conditions

Lower air temperature limit: -5 °C (deviates from 3K3) Upper air temperature limit: +40 °C Lower relative humidity limit: 5 % Upper relative humidity limit: 85 % Rate of temperature fluctuations: Max 0.5 K/min Condensation: Not permissible Formation of ice: Not permissible Fixed location: Class 3K3 Devices can only be operated in locations that are fully protected against the weather (in halls or rooms).

Table 2- 3 Biological ambient conditions

Fixed location: Class 3B1

Table 2- 4 Chemical ambient conditions

Fixed location: Class 3C2 Different to class 3C2: Operating site in the immediate vicinity of industrial plants with chemical emissions

Table 2- 5 Mechanically active ambient conditions

Fixed location: Class 3S1

Table 2- 6 Mechanical ambient conditions

Fixed location: Class 3M3



2.3.5 Degrees of protection

Primary section The primary sections satisfy the requirements for IP65 degree of protection in accordance with EN 60529 and EN 60034-5.

Secondary sections The secondary sections are protected against corrosion to a large degree via structural measures.

Make sure that the secondary sections are kept free of chips. Suitable covers should be provided for this purpose. It can be assumed that ferromagnetic particles are no longer attracted as of a distance of 150 mm from the surface of the secondary section.

The use of abrasive or aggressive substances (such as acids) must be avoided.

Installed motor The better the motor installation space is protected against the ingress of foreign particles (especially true for ferromagnetic particles), the longer the motor service life. The space around the motor must be kept free of chips and other foreign bodies.

The degree of protection of the installed motor according to EN 60529 and EN 60034-5 is primarily dictated by the machine construction, but must be at least IP23.

NOTICE

Damage to the motor caused by pollution

If the area where the motor is installed is polluted and dirty, then the motor can malfunction and clog up. • Keep the area where the motor is installed free of all dirt and pollution.

2.3.6 Noise emission The following components and settings influence the noise levels reached when built-in motors are operational:

● Machine design

● Encoder system

● Storage

● Controller settings

● Pulse frequency

Description of the motor 2.4 Selection and ordering data


As a result of unfavorable machine designs, configuration or system settings, measuring surface sound pressure levels of over 70dB (A) can occur. Contact Mechatronic Support if you require help in applying remedial measures. You can find contact data in the Introduction under "Technical Support".

2.3.7 Vibration response The vibration response of build-in motors in operation essentially depends on the machine design and the application itself.

As a result of an unfavorable machine design, configuration or system settings, resonance points can be excited, so that vibration severity level A according to EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14) is not reached.

Excessive vibration caused by resonance effects can frequently be avoided by making suitable settings. Contact Mechatronic Support if you require help in applying remedial measures. You can find contact data in the Introduction under "Technical Support".

2.4 Selection and ordering data

Note Overview of important motor data

A selection of important motor data and dimensions is provided in this chapter. All of the data sheets are provided in Chapter "Technical data and characteristics (Page 169)" and in Chapter "Installation drawings and dimension tables (Page 423)".

Overview of important data of the peak load motors of the 1FN3 product family The following tables provide an overview of the most important data of the peak load motors of the 1FN3 product family. For the mass and size, models with and without optional precision cooling elements are listed.

Table 2- 7 Overview of the most important data of the peak load motors of the 1FN3 product family / Part 1

Article No. Primary section FN [N]

FMAX [N]

IN [A]

IMAX [A]

vMAX,FN [m/min]

vMAX,FMAX [m/min]

PV,N [kW]

1FN3050-2WC00-0xA1 200 550 2.7 8.2 373 146 0.310 1FN3100-1WC00-0xA1 200 490 2.4 6.5 322 138 0.280 1FN3100-2WC00-0xA1 450 1100 5.1 13.5 297 131 0.550 1FN3100-2WE00-0xA1 450 1100 8.1 21.5 497 237 0.550




FMAX [N]

IN [A]

IMAX [A]

vMAX,FN [m/min]

vMAX,FMAX [m/min]

PV,N [kW]

1FN3100-3WC00-0xA1 675 1650 7.2 19.1 277 120 0.820 1FN3100-3WE00-0xA1 675 1650 12.1 32.2 497 237 0.830 1FN3100-4WC00-0xA1 900 2200 10.1 27 297 131 1.100 1FN3100-4WE00-0xA1 900 2200 16.1 43 497 237 1.110 1FN3100-5WC00-0xA1 1125 2750 11 29.5 255 109 1.320 1FN3150-1WC00-0xA1 340 820 3.6 9.5 282 126 0.370 1FN3150-1WE00-0xA1 300 730 6.4 17 605 288 0.350 1FN3150-2WC00-0xA1 675 1650 7.2 19.1 282 126 0.730 1FN3150-3WC00-0xA1 1010 2470 10.7 28.6 282 126 1.100 1FN3150-4WC00-0xA1 1350 3300 14.3 38.2 282 126 1.470 1FN3150-5WC00-0xA1 1690 4120 17.9 47.7 282 126 1.830 1FN3300-1WC00-0xA1 610 1720 6.5 20 309 128 0.520 1FN3300-2WB00-0xA1 1225 3450 8 24.7 176 63 0.990 1FN3300-2WC00-0xA1 1225 3450 12.6 39.2 297 125 1.000 1FN3300-2WG00-0xA1 1225 3450 32.2 99.7 805 369 0.930 1FN3300-3WC00-0xA1 1840 5170 19 58.7 297 125 1.500 1FN3300-3WG00-0xA1 1840 5170 50 154.9 836 383 1.370 1FN3300-4WB00-0xA1 2450 6900 16 49.4 176 63 1.990 1FN3300-4WC00-0xA1 2450 6900 25.3 78.3 297 125 1.990 1FN3450-2WA50-0xA1 1930 5180 8.6 25.3 112 30 1.530 1FN3450-2WB70-0xA1 1930 5180 15.2 45.1 235 102 1.420 1FN3450-2WC00-0xA1 1930 5180 18.8 55.3 275 120 1.470 1FN3450-2WE00-0xA1 1930 5180 33.8 99.7 519 240 1.370 1FN3450-3WA50-0xA1 2895 7760 13.1 38.8 114 30 2.390 1FN3450-3WB00-0xA1 2895 7760 17.9 52.7 164 62 2.250 1FN3450-3WB50-0xA1 2895 7760 22.8 67.3 217 90 2.230 1FN3450-3WC00-0xA1 2895 7760 28.1 83 275 120 2.200 1FN3450-3WE00-0xA1 2895 7760 50.7 149.6 519 240 2.060 1FN3450-4WB00-0xA1 3860 10350 23.8 70.3 164 62 3.000 1FN3450-4WB50-0xA1 3860 10350 30.4 89.8 217 90 2.980 1FN3450-4WC00-0xA1 3860 10350 37.5 110.6 275 120 2.940 1FN3450-4WE00-0xA1 3860 10350 67.6 199.5 519 240 2.740 1FN3600-2WA50-0xA1 2610 6900 12.4 36 120 36 2.100 1FN3600-3WB00-0xA1 3915 10350 23.2 67.3 155 58 3.000 1FN3600-3WC00-0xA1 3915 10350 35.7 105.9 279 127 2.560 1FN3600-4WA30-0xA1 5220 13800 22.3 64.9 105 26 4.230 1FN3600-4WB00-0xA1 5220 13800 30.9 89.8 155 58 4.000 1FN3600-4WB50-0xA1 5220 13800 40.8 118.5 215 91 3.810 1FN3600-4WC00-0xA1 5220 13800 46.9 136.5 254 112 3.510 1FN3900-2WB00-0xA1 4050 10350 24.7 69.5 160 65 2.940




FMAX [N]

IN [A]

IMAX [A]

vMAX,FN [m/min]

vMAX,FMAX [m/min]

PV,N [kW]

1FN3900-2WC00-0xA1 4050 10350 36.7 103.3 253 115 2.670 1FN3900-3WB00-0xA1 6075 15530 40.6 114 181 75 4.430 1FN3900-4WB00-0xA1 8100 20700 49.4 138.9 160 65 5.890 1FN3900-4WB50-0xA1 8100 20700 60.6 170.3 203 88 5.830 1FN3900-4WC00-0xA1 8100 20700 73.5 206.5 253 115 5.340 FN = rated force, FMAX = maximum force, IN = rated current, IMAX = maximum current, vMAX,FN = maximum velocity at rated

force, vMAX,FMAX = maximum velocity at maximum force, PV,N = power loss at the rated operating point

Table 2- 8 Overview of the most important data of the peak load motors of the 1FN3 product family / Part 2

Article No. Primary section hM3 / hM1 [mm]

bP / bPK1 [mm]

lP [mm]

lP,AKT [mm]

mP / mP,P [kg]

lS [mm]

mS / mS,P [kg]

1FN3050-2WC00-0xA1 48.5 / 63.4 67 / 76 255 210 2.4 / 2.9 120 0.4 / 0.5 1FN3100-1WC00-0xA1 48.5 / - 96 / - 150 105 2.2 / - 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-2WC00-0AA1 48.5 / 63.4 96 / 105 255 210 3.8 / 4.4 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-2WE00-0xA1 48.5 / 63.4 96 / 105 255 210 3.8 / 4.4 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-3WC00-0xA1 48.5 / 63.4 96 / 105 360 315 5.4 / 6.2 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-3WE00-0xA1 48.5 / 63.4 96 / 105 360 315 5.4 / 6.2 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-4WC00-0xA1 48.5 / 63.4 96 / 105 465 420 7.4 / 8.5 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-4WE00-0xA1 48.5 / 63.4 96 / 105 465 420 7.4 / 8.5 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-5WC00-0xA1 48.5 / 63.4 96 / 105 570 525 9.1 / 10.4 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3150-1WC00-0xA1 50.5 / - 126 / - 150 105 3 / - 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-1WE00-0xA1 50.5 / - 126 / - 150 105 3 / - 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-2WC00-0xA1 50.5 / 65.4 126 / 135 255 210 5.3 / 6 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-3WC00-0xA1 50.5 / 65.4 126 / 135 360 315 7.8 / 8.7 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-4WC00-0xA1 50.5 / 65.4 126 / 135 465 420 10.2 / 11.4 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-5WC00-0xA1 50.5 / 65.4 126 / 135 570 525 12.8 / 14.2 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3300-1WC00-0xA1 64.0 / - 141 / - 221 161 6.2 / - 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-2WB00-0xA1 64.0 / 78.9 141 / 151 382 322 11.4 / 12.4 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-2WC00-0xA1 64.0 / 78.9 141 / 151 382 322 11.4 / 12.4 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-2WG00-0xA1 64.0 /78.9 141 / 151 382 322 11.4 / 12.4 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-3WC00-0xA1 64.0 / 78.9 141 / 151 543 483 17 / 18.4 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-3WG00-0xA1 64.0 / 78.9 141 / 151 543 483 17 / 18.4 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-4WB00-0xA1 64.0 / 78.9 141 / 151 704 644 22.2 / 24 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-4WC00-0xA1 64.0 / 78.9 141 / 151 704 644 22.2 / 24 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3450-2WA50-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 382 322 15.9 / 17.1 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-2WB70-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 382 322 15.9 / 17.1 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-2WC00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 382 322 15.9 / 17.1 184 3.8 / 4




bP / bPK1 [mm]

lP [mm]

lP,AKT [mm]

mP / mP,P [kg]

lS [mm]

mS / mS,P [kg]

1FN3450-2WE00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 382 322 15.9 / 17.1 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-3WA50-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 543 483 22.6 / 24.3 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-3WB00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 543 483 22.6 / 24.3 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-3WB50-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 543 483 22.6 / 24.3 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-3WC00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 543 483 22.6 / 24.3 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-3WE00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 543 483 22.6 / 24.3 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-4WB00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 704 644 30.9 / 33.1 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-4WB50-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 704 644 30.9 / 33.1 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-4WC00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 704 644 30.9 / 33.1 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-4WE00-0xA1 66.0 / 80.9 188 / 197 704 644 30.9 / 33.1 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3600-2WA50-0xA1 64.0 / 85.9 248 / 257 382 322 22.2 / 24.7 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-3WB00-0xA1 64.0 / 85.9 248 / 257 543 483 31.5 / 33.4 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-3WC00-0xA1 64.0 / 85.9 248 / 257 543 483 31.5 / 33.4 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-4WA30-0xA1 64.0 / 85.9 248 / 257 704 644 40.8 / 43.3 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-4WB00-0xA1 64.0 / 85.9 248 / 257 704 644 40.8 / 43.3 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-4WB50-0xA1 64.0 / 85.9 248 / 257 704 644 40.8 / 43.3 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-4WC00-0xA1 64.0 / 85.9 248 / 257 704 644 40.8 / 43.3 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3900-2WB00-0xA1 66.0 / 87.9 342 / 351 382 322 28.2 / 29.7 184 7.5 / 7.9 1FN3900-2WC00-0xA1 66.0 / 87.9 342 / 351 382 322 28.2 / 29.7 184 7.5 / 7.9 1FN3900-3WB00-0xA1 66.0 / 87.9 342 / 351 543 483 42.2 / 44.3 184 7.5 / 7.9 1FN3900-4WB00-0xA1 66.0 / 87.9 342 / 351 704 644 56.2 / 58.9 184 7.5 / 7.9 1FN3900-4WB50-0xA1 66.0 / 87.9 342 / 351 704 644 56.2 / 58.9 184 7.5 / 7.9 1FN3900-4WC00-0xA1 66.0 / 87.9 342 / 351 704 644 56.2 / 58.9 184 7.5 / 7.9 hM3 = motor height without additional cooler, hM1 = motor height with additional coolers, bP = motor width without precision

cooler, bPK1 = motor width with precision cooler, lP = length of the primary section (without connection cover), lP,AKT = magnetically active length of the primary section, mP = primary section weight, mP,P = primary section weight with

precision cooler, lS = secondary section length, mS = secondary section weight, mS,P = secondary section weight with cooling sections



Overview of important data of the continuous load motors of the 1FN3 product family The following tables provide an overview of the most important data of the continuous load motors of the 1FN3 product family. For the mass and size, models with and without optional precision cooling elements are listed.

Table 2- 9 Overview of the most important data of the continuous load motors of the 1FN3 product family / Part 1


FMAX [N]

IN [A]

IMAX [A]

vMAX,FN [m/min]

vMAX,FMAX [m/min]

PV,N [kW]

1FN3050-1ND00-0EA1 150 260 2.8 5.9 435 242 0.170 1FN3050-2NB80-0EA1 300 510 2.8 5.9 202 106 0.330 1FN3100-1NC00-0BA1 300 510 2.8 5.9 214 117 0.260 1FN3100-2NC80-0BA1 605 1020 8 16.5 307 170 0.520 1FN3100-3NC00-0BA1 905 1530 8.5 17.6 211 115 0.780 1FN3100-4NC80-0BA1 1205 2040 15.9 33.1 305 169 1.030 1FN3150-1NC20-0BA1 455 770 4.5 9.4 234 129 0.350 1FN3150-2NB80-0BA1 905 1530 8 16.5 201 110 0.700 1FN3150-3NC70-0BA1 1360 2300 16.9 35.2 292 163 1.060 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1 1810 3060 15.9 33.1 200 109 1.410 1FN3300-1NC10-0BA1 865 1470 8.1 17.1 230 129 0.510 1FN3300-2NC10-0BA1 1730 2940 16.2 34.1 228 127 1.010 1FN3300-3NC40-0BA1 2595 4400 27.3 57.4 257 144 1.520 1FN3300-4NB80-0BA1 3460 5870 28.4 59.6 196 109 2.030 1FN3450-2NC50-0BA1 2595 4400 28.4 59.6 271 153 1.400 1FN3450-3NC50-0BA1 3890 6600 42.5 89.5 270 152 2.110 1FN3450-4NB80-0BA1 5185 8810 40.8 85.8 190 106 2.810 1FN3600-2NB80-0BA1 3460 5870 28.4 59.6 200 112 1.900 1FN3600-3NB80-0BA1 5185 8810 42.5 89.5 199 111 2.850 1FN3600-4NB80-0BA1 6915 11740 56.7 119.3 199 111 3.800 1FN3900-2NB20-0BA1 5185 8810 28.4 59.6 130 71 2.690 1FN3900-3NB20-0BA1 7780 13210 42.5 89.5 129 71 4.040 1FN3900-4NB20-0BA1 10375 17610 56.7 119.3 129 70 5.380 FN = rated force, FMAX = maximum force, IN = rated current, IMAX = maximum current, vMAX,FN = maximum velocity at rated

force, vMAX,FMAX = maximum velocity at maximum force, PV,N = power loss at the rated operating point



Table 2- 10 Overview of the most important data of the continuous load motors of the 1FN3 product family / Part 2


bP /bPK1 [mm]

lP [mm]

lP,AKT [mm]

mP / mP,P [kg]

lS [mm]

mS / mS,P [kg]

1FN3050-1ND00-0EA1 59.4 / 74.3 67 / 76 162 116.6 1.9 / 2.4 120 0.4 / 0.5 1FN3050-2NB80-0EA1 59.4 / 74.3 67 / 76 267 221.6 3.2 / 4 120 0.4 / 0.5 1FN3100-1NC00-0BA1 59.4 / 74.3 96 / 105 162 116.6 3 / 3.5 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-2NC80-0BA1 59.4 / 74.3 96 / 105 267 221.6 5.1 / 5.9 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-3NC00-0BA1 59.4 / 74.3 96 / 105 372 326.6 7.3 / 8.3 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3100-4NC80-0BA1 59.4 / 74.3 96 / 105 477 431.6 10 / 11.3 120 0.7 / 0.8 1FN3150-1NC20-0BA1 61.4 / 76.3 126 / 135 162 116.6 4.1 / 4.6 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-2NB80-0BA1 61.4 / 76.3 126 / 135 267 221.6 7.2 / 8 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-3NC70-0BA1 61.4 / 76.3 126 / 135 372 326.6 10.5 / 11.7 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1 61.4 / 76.3 126 / 135 477 431.6 13.8 / 15.2 120 1.2 / 1.3 1FN3300-1NC10-0BA1 78 / 92.9 141 / 151 238 179 8.8 / 9.5 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-2NC10-0BA1 78 / 92.9 141 / 151 399 340 16.1 / 17.2 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-3NC40-0BA1 78 / 92.9 141 / 151 560 501 22.8 / 24.2 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3300-4NB80-0BA1 78 / 92.9 141 / 151 721 662 30.4 / 32.3 184 2.4 / 2.6 1FN3450-2NC50-0BA1 80 / 94.9 188 / 197 399 340 22 / 23.2 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-3NC50-0BA1 80 / 94.9 188 / 197 560 501 32 / 33.6 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3450-4NB80-0BA1 80 / 94.9 188 / 197 721 662 42.3 / 44.3 184 3.8 / 4 1FN3600-2NB80-0BA1 78 / 99.9 248 / 257 399 340 28.9 / 30.4 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-3NB80-0BA1 78 / 99.9 248 / 257 560 501 42.9 / 45 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3600-4NB80-0BA1 78 / 99.9 248 / 257 721 662 56.6 / 59.2 184 4.6 / 5 1FN3900-2NB20-0BA1 80 / 101.9 342 / 351 399 340 42.4 / 44.2 184 7.5 / 7.9 1FN3900-3NB20-0BA1 80 / 101.9 342 / 351 560 501 62 / 64.5 184 7.5 / 7.9 1FN3900-4NB20-0BA1 80 / 101.9 342 / 351 721 662 82.2 / 85.3 184 7.5 / 7.9 hM3 = motor height without additional cooler, hM1 = motor height with additional coolers, bP = motor width without precision

cooler, bPK1 = motor width with precision cooler, lP = length of the primary section (without connection cover), lP,AKT = magnetically active length of the primary section, mP = primary section weight, mP,P = primary section weight with

precision cooler, lS = secondary section length, mS = secondary section weight, mS,P = secondary section weight with cooling sections

Description of the motor 2.5 Rating plate data


2.5 Rating plate data

Note Supplied rating plates

A rating plate is attached to each primary section. Additionally, a second rating plate that the customer can attach to the machine in which the motor is installed is included in the delivery.

Data on the rating plate The following data is on the rating plate:

Figure 2-2 1FN3 rating plate (diagram)

2.6 Order designation The order designation comprises a combination of digits and letters, the article number. When placing an order, it is sufficient just to specify the unique Article number.

The Article number consists of three blocks that are separated by hyphens. The first block incorporates seven characters and designates the product family and size of the primary or secondary section. Additional design features are encrypted in the second block, such as length and velocity. The third block is provided for additional data.

Please note that not every theoretical combination is possible.

Description of the motor 2.6 Order designation


2.6.1 Primary sections

2.6.2 Secondary sections



2.6.3 Primary section accessories

2.6.3.1 Precision cooler

2.6.3.2 Hall sensor box The Hall sensor box can be mounted opposite to the primary section’s terminal end or on the terminal end of the primary section. The standard location is opposite to the primary section’s terminal end.



2.6.3.3 Connection cover For 1FN3 linear motors, all of the connection covers can also be separately ordered.

Table 2- 11 Article numbers

Connection cover Primary section size Thread for gland 1FN3002-0PB01-0AA0 1FN3100 and 1FN3150 1x PG16 1FN3003-0PB02-0AA0 1FN3300 to 1FN3900 1x PG21 1FN3003-0PB03-0AA0 1FN3300 to 1FN3900 1x PG29 1FN3002-0PB04-0BA0 1FN3100 and 1FN3150 2x M20 1FN3003-0PB04-0BA0 1FN3300 to 1FN3900 2X M20 1FN3003-0PB05-0BA0 1FN3300 to 1FN3900 1xM20 and 1xM32

2.6.3.4 Plug connector

Connector type Connector size Article No. Power connection 1.5 6FX2003-0LA10 Power connection 1 6FX2003-0LA00 Signal connection M17 6FX2003-0SU07



2.6.4 Secondary section accessories

2.6.4.1 Secondary section end pieces

2.6.4.2 Cooling sections



2.6.4.3 Secondary section cover

Segmented cover

Cover with metal band

2.6.5 Ordering example An order for a peak load or continuous load motor might look like this:

Table 2- 12

Peak load motor Continuous load motor Component Quantity Article No. Article No. Primary section 1 1FN3150–3WC00–0BA1 1FN3150–3NC70–0BA1 Primary section precision cooler 1 1FN3150–3PK00–0AA0 1FN3150–3PK10–0AA0 Secondary sections (Length of the secondary section track: 1,440 mm)

12 1FN3150–4SA00–0AA0

Secondary section cover (metal band)

1 1FN3150–0TB00–1BC0

Heatsink profiles with plug-type coupling

2 1FN3002–0TK04–1BC0



Peak load motor Continuous load motor Component Quantity Article No. Article No. Combi distributor 2 1FN3150–0TJ01–0AA0 Hall sensor box (standard, straight cable outlet)

1 1FN3005–0PH00–0AA0


Motor components, properties and options 3 3.1 Overview of the motor construction

Motor components Motors of the 1FN3 product family consist of the following components:

● Primary section:

– Basic component of the linear motor

– With 3-phase winding

– Integrated main cooler to dissipate the heat loss

● Precision cooler (optional):

– Additional cooler to minimize the heat transfer to the machine in accordance with the Thermo-Sandwich® principle

– Recommended for applications with high precision requirements

● Secondary sections:

– Mounted side-by-side these form the reactive part of the motor

– Consist of a steel base with attached permanent magnets

– The casing provides a large degree of protection against corrosion and external effects

● Secondary section cover (optional):

– Mechanical protection for secondary sections

– Stainless steel plate that can be magnetized (thickness d = 0.4 mm)

– Adheres to secondary sections

– Can be removed without tools if worn

– Available as a continuous band or as a segmented cover with fixed lengths

Motor components, properties and options 3.1 Overview of the motor construction


● Cooling sections with plug-in connector/nipple (optional):

– Secondary cooling component

– Aluminum rail sections with integrated cooling channels

– Are placed under the secondary sections when high machine precision is required

● Secondary section end pieces (optional):

– Secondary cooling component

– Used to hold down the integrated secondary section cover

– Available in different versions

Figure 3-1 Components of a 1FN3 linear motor

Use of the secondary section end pieces On one hand, the secondary section end pieces are used to connect the cooling. Combi distributors and combi adapter / combi end pieces close the cooling circuit at the start and end of the secondary section track, and make it easier to connect the coolant connections using standard connections.

On the other hand, they are required to attach the continuous secondary section cover using a wedge, which is flush with the surface, see following diagram.

Motor components, properties and options 3.1 Overview of the motor construction


Figure 3-2 Secondary section end piece (side view)

As standard, combi distributors are used as secondary section end pieces. These are available for all sizes. Alternatively, combination adapters / combination end pieces or the cover end pieces can be used as an alternative for 1FN3050…450 sizes.

Overview of the versions The overview shows the following secondary section end piece versions:

● Combi distributor:

– Standard solution for using secondary section end pieces

– Available for all sizes

– Fixes the secondary section cover (strip) at the beginning and end of the secondary section track

– Implements the connection and parallel branching of the coolant to two (1FN3050…450) or three (1FN3600…900) cooling sections at the beginning of the secondary section track.

– Combines the coolant flow and connects the coolant discharge at the end of the secondary section track.

● Combination adapter/combination end piece:

– Available for 1FN3050…1FN3450 sizes


– Implements the coolant connection and coolant routing: The connections for the coolant intake and return are provided on the combination adapter. The combination end pieces are required to route the coolant at the other end of the secondary section track.

● Cover end piece:

– Available for 1FN3050…1FN3450 sizes


Motor components, properties and options 3.2 Scope of delivery


3.2 Scope of delivery

3.2.1 Scope of delivery linear motor

Primary section ● Primary section

● One rating plate (attached); additional loose rating plate

● Accessory pack note (safety accessory pack)

● Safety warning instructions (pictograms)

● For versions with terminals: Terminal box accessories (fixing accessories) mit connection cover

Secondary section ● Secondary section

● Accessory pack note (safety accessory pack)

● Safety warning instructions (pictograms)

3.2.2 Supplied pictograms Any danger areas encountered during normal operation, maintenance, and servicing must be identified by well visible warning and prohibiting signs (pictograms) in the immediate vicinity of the danger (close to the motor). The associated texts must be available in the language of the country in which the product is used.

Primary sections

For all primary sections, warning signs are enclosed in the packaging in the form of permanent adhesive stickers. The following table shows the warning signs included with the primary sections and their meaning.



Table 3- 1 Warning signs according to BGV A8 and DIN 4844-2 included with primary sections and their meaning

Sign Meaning Sign Meaning

Warning: Hot surfaces (D-W026)

Warning: Hazardous electric voltage

(D-W008)

The following safety instructions are attached at the signal port of the primary section

Table 3- 2 Safety instructions for thermal protection according to BGV A8 and DIN 4844-2 and their meaning


Warning: Hazardous location

(D-W000)

Observe operating instructions (D-M018)

Secondary sections

For all secondary sections, warning and prohibiting signs are enclosed in the packaging in the form of permanent adhesive stickers. These should be clearly visible and attached to the sides of the secondary section track or as close to the motor as possible.

Note

Do not attach the stickers to a secondary section or the secondary section cover. The signs will not stick permanently there.



The following tables show the warning and prohibiting signs included with the secondary sections and their meaning.

Table 3- 3 Warning signs according to BGV A8 and DIN 4844-2 included with secondary sections and their meaning


Warning: Strong mag-netic field (D-W013)

Warning: Hand injuries (D-W027)

Table 3- 4 Prohibiting signs according to BGV A8 and DIN 4844-2 included with secondary sections and their meaning


No pacemakers (D-P011)

No metal implants (D-P016)

No metal objects or watches (D-P020)

No magnetic or elec-tronic data media

(D-P021)

Note

The quality of the label can diminish as result of extreme environmental conditions.

Motor components, properties and options 3.3 Temperature monitoring and thermal motor protection


3.3 Temperature monitoring and thermal motor protection

Temperature monitoring circuits Temp-F and Temp-S The motors are supplied with two temperature monitoring circuits: Temp-F and Temp-S. Temp-F is used to monitor and evaluate the temperature characteristic in the motor. Temp-S is used to activate the motor protection when the motor windings become too warm.

Both circuits are independent of each other. The drive system handles the evaluation.

Temp-F (KTY 84 Sensor) The temperature monitoring circuit Temp-F consists of a KTY 84 temperature sensor located at the coils. Under certain circumstances – especially with varying current feed of the individual phases – this can result in the maximum temperature of the three phase windings not being measured. An evaluation of Temp-F for motor protection is thus not permissible. Temp-F is used rather to observe the temperature and if necessary to warn that the drive is being switched off due to a response from Temp-S.

NOTICE

Motor destroyed as a result of overtemperature

The evaluation of Temp-F for thermal motor protection does not provide adequate protection against destruction of the motor caused by overtemperature. • Evaluate the Temp-S temperature shutdown circuit to provide thermal motor protection.

Temp-S (PTC element) The overtemperature shutdown circuit consists of thermistor temperature sensors (PTC elements). There is a thermistor temperature sensor for monitoring the motor winding in each of the three phase-windings (U, V and W). This ensures overload protection, even if the current feed is uneven in the individual phases of a motor – or for uneven loading of several motors. The PTC elements are connected in series.

The PTC thermistors do not have a linear characteristic and are, therefore, not suitable to determine the instantaneous temperature.

Temp–S is used to reliably protect the motor against overheating. If Temp–S responds, then the drive must be quickly shut down in order to prevent the drive converter from continuing to supply current to the motor. If the shutdown is delayed, then the converter continues to feed current into the motor. This can destroy the motor.

To externally evaluate Temp-S, signal cables with connector can be evaluated using the SME12x sensor module. Where necessary, connect signal cables with open cable ends via intermediate terminals and extension cable to the TM120 module.

Information on the parameterization is provided in the SINAMICS S120 commissioning manual.



Technical properties of the KTY 84 The KTY 84 produces a resistance/temperature characteristic curve that is progressive and approximately linear (see the image below). In addition, the KTY 84 has a low thermal capacity and provides good thermal contact with the motor winding.

Figure 3-3 Characteristic curve of a KTY 84

Technical data: ● Resistance when cold (20 °C): approx. 580 Ω

● Resistance when hot (100 °C): approx. 1000 Ω

Technical properties of PTC elements Each PTC element displays a sudden increase in resistance in the region of the rated response temperature ϑNAT, see following figure. This gives it a quasi-switching characteristic. Due to low thermal capacity and good thermal contact between the PTC element and the motor winding, the sensors – and therefore the system – are able to react quickly to inadmissibly high temperatures in the winding.

The PTC elements of the triplet are connected in series. The characteristics correspond with DIN EN 60947-8, DIN 44081, and DIN 44082.



Figure 3-4 Typical characteristic curve of a PTC element; source: DIN 44081 / DIN 44082

Technical data: According to DIN 44081 / DIN 44082, the resistance at the triplet is

● maximum 3x250 Ω = 750 Ω at T > -20 °C and T < ϑNAT - 20 K

● maximum 3x550 Ω = 1650 Ω at T < ϑNAT - 5 K

● minimum 3x1330 Ω = 3990 Ω at T < ϑNAT + 5 K

● minimum 3x4000 Ω = 12000 Ω at T < ϑNAT + 15 K

NOTICE

PTC elements do not switch off the motor

The PTC elements are pure sensors and can only disconnect the motor via an external evaluation.

Motor components, properties and options 3.4 Cooling


No direct connection of the temperature monitoring circuits!

WARNING

Risk of electric shock when incorrectly connecting the temperature monitoring circuit

In the case of a fault, circuits Temp-S and Temp-F do not provide safe electrical separation with respect to the power components.

An electric shock can occur if you connect temperature monitoring circuits Temp-S and Temp-F directly via the encoder connector of the SMC20 sensor module and there is a fault. • To connect temperature monitoring circuits Temp-S and Temp-F, use for example the

SME12x or TM120 to comply with the directives for protective separation according to DIN EN 61800-5-1 (previously, protective separation according to DIN EN 50178).

Correctly connecting temperature sensors

NOTICE

Motor destroyed as a result of overtemperature

The motor can be destroyed as a result of overtemperature if you do not correctly connect the temperature sensors. • When connecting temperature sensors with open cable ends, carefully observe the

correct assignment of the conductor colors as listed in Chapter "Cable connection (Page 148)".

3.4 Cooling

3.4.1 Motor cooling

Term "cooling" In this complete document, the term "cooling" means water-cooled motor

Necessity of a cooling system During operation, the motor heats up. To maintain the highest possible power density, water cooling is necessary.



Components The cooling system of the 1FN3 motors may consist of a variety of components:

● Primary section main cooler

● Primary section precision cooler

● Secondary section cooling

These components are structurally separated for motors of the 1FN3 product family. They enable the configuration of a cooling system according to the Thermo-Sandwich® principle.

Structure of a cooling system according to the Thermo-Sandwich® principle. In the Thermo-Sandwich® principle, components of the cooling system are layered on top of each other. All components are separated by an insulating layer (see the image below). The thermal flow from the primary section into the machine assembly is restricted by this multi-layer cooling design: Heat is dissipated in each component of the cooling system. Therefore, the residual amount of heat that ultimately reaches the machine is very low.

Figure 3-5 Schematic representation of the Thermo-Sandwich® principle

Functions of the cooling components Primary section main cooler The primary section main cooler is directly built into the primary section and cools it. Under rated conditions, it removes between 85 % and 90 % of the arising heat. This suffices to achieve the rating data listed in the data sheets.

The primary section main cooler has no effect on the heat insulation of the motor from the machine.

Primary section precision cooler The primary section precision cooler dissipates residual heat (2 % to 10 % of the entire power loss) from the primary section. The temperature increase of the outer surface of the primary section precision cooler is thus maintained in a very small fluctuation range in comparison with the intake temperature of the primary section precision cooler. Together with the secondary section cooling system, the primary section precision cooler prevents thermal transfer into the attached mechanical assembly, thereby ensuring that the behavior of the motor in the machine remains almost 100 % thermally neutral.



Secondary section cooling system

The secondary section cooling system also dissipates residual heat of the motor. The heat dissipated by the secondary section cooling system amounts to about 5 % to 8 % of the total power loss of the motor under rated conditions.

Selecting cooling components When selecting the cooling components to be used, the following must be taken into account:

● The main cooler is sufficient if the thermal transfer into the machine assembly does not have a negative impact on the system.

● If increased demands are placed on the precision of the machine, then the primary section precision cooler and secondary section cooling are required according to the Thermo-Sandwich® principle.

Details of the thermal encapsulation 1FN3 motors are cooled according to the Thermo-Sandwich® principle. The following figure shows details of the thermal encapsulation.

Figure 3-6 Thermal encapsulation of 1FN3 motors

Cooling of the primary section / primary section main cooler Water cooling with anti-corrosion protection agent is standard for intake temperatures TINT = 35 °C. If this temperature changes, then the continuous motor force changes with respect to the table value FN. Make sure that condensation cannot occur with a change in the intake temperature.

Thermal insulation of the primary section / primary section precision cooler The primary section is insulated on the lower side by the air gap. On the top side, the (optional) primary section precision cooler shields the surrounding area from excessively



high motor temperatures. Thermo-insulators on the screwed connections and the air chamber located in between reduce heat transfer from the primary section. The lateral radiation panels of the primary section precision cooler also form air filled spaces and insulate the primary section laterally from the machine. Under rated conditions, the temperature increase of the outer surface of the primary section precision cooler compared to the intake temperature is a maximum of 4 K. If the primary section precision cooler is not used, the temperatures on the surface of the motor may exceed 100 °C.

Thermal insulation of the secondary section / secondary section cooling system

The secondary section is cooled by a cooling circuit, which as standard consists of cooling sections and two combi-distributors as secondary section end pieces.

The secondary sections must be cooled in the case of:

● Applications with high heat loss entries in the secondary sections

● Applications, where the machine bed does not ensure that heat is dissipated through the contact surface to the secondary sections

Otherwise, secondary section cooling is optional.

NOTICE

Secondary section cooling is required for large motors

For 1FN3600 and 1FN3900 motors, secondary section cooling is imperative for the proper function of the motors. The large amount of heat transferred from the primary section to the secondary sections cannot be dissipated to the machine bed via the secondary sections' contact surfaces. • Ensure that secondary section cooling is used for these large motors.

NOTICE

Demagnetization of permanent magnets

If, during operation, the maximum temperature of the secondary sections exceeds 70 °C, then there is a risk that the permanent magnets will be demagnetized. • Ensure that the temperature of the secondary sections when operational does not

exceed 70 °C!

Secondary section cooling components Heatsink profiles and secondary sections end pieces are generally required for cooling the secondary sections of motors in the 1FN3 product family.



Heatsink profiles The heatsink profiles are laid between the machine base and the secondary sections and together with these screwed to the machine base. The following two figures show the resulting cooling system without secondary section end pieces. The blue dotted lines indicate the cooling medium flow.

Figure 3-7 Secondary section cooling, comprising cooling sections with hose connector nipple for

1FN3050…1FN3450 motors (side view and top view)

Figure 3-8 Secondary section cooling, comprising cooling sections with hose connector nipple for

1FN3600…1FN3900 motors (side view and top view)



As of model 3600 three heatsink profiles with a total of six cooling channels are used. The lateral profiles protrude just a little beyond the secondary section. The middle (additional) cooling section is attached by the line of screws in the center of the secondary sections.

The surfaces of the cooling sections are thermally optimized. The heat is transferred to the contact area of the secondary section track and from there to the cooling channel. Toward the machine structure, however, the contact area is small, so that the heat transfer is kept at a minimum.

The cooling sections are available in lengths up to 3 m.

Secondary section end pieces The following secondary section end pieces at the start and end of the secondary section track close the cooling circuit and facilitate the cooling medium connection through uniform connectors:

● Combi distributor

● Combi adapter / combi end piece

As standard, combi distributors are used as secondary section end pieces. These are available for all models. Combi adapters / combi end pieces can be used as an alternative for 1FN3050…450 models. Cover band end pieces are not directly involved in the cooling of the secondary sections.

The following figures show the secondary section cooling with different secondary section end piece models.

Figure 3-9 Secondary section cooling for 1FN3050...1FN3450 motor models with combi distributors

(side and top view)



Figure 3-10 Secondary section cooling for 1FN3600 and 1FN3900 motor models with combi

distributors (side and top view)

Figure 3-11 Secondary section cooling for 1FN3050...1FN3450 motor models with combi adapter

and combi end piece (side and top view)



Figure 3-12 Secondary section cooling consisting of cooling sections with hose connector nipple and

cover band end pieces on both sides for all 1FN3050…1FN3450 motor models (side and top view)

Note Pressure losses for combination adapter and end piece

Due to the high pressure drop, secondary section cooling with combi adapter / combi end piece can only be used for short traversing distances – up to a length of approximately 2 m. The pressure drop must be checked for the entire cooling system!

Materials used The following table lists the materials that are used for the cooling system in the motors.

Table 3- 5 Materials used for the cooling system

Precision cooler Main cooler Secondary section cooling 1.4301/1.4305; 1.4541; Viton SF-Cu; 1.4301/1.4305; Viton; AlMgSi0.5 (anodized); 1.4305;

Viton; Delo 5327



3.4.2 Cooling circuits

Conditions for the design The design of the individual cooling circuits bears similarities to the way in which the individual components are used in that they are both governed by the requirements of the motor.

NOTICE

Corrosion as a result of unsuitable materials used to connect the cooler

Corrosion damage can occur if you use unsuitable materials to connect to the cooler. • We recommend that you use brass or stainless steel fittings when connecting the

cooler.

Cooling circuit requirements We recommend that the cooling circuits be designed as closed systems, to prevent the growth of algae. The maximum permissible pressure is 10 bar.

NOTICE

Do not use machine cooling circuits for the motor cooling

Cooling circuits can become blocked up due to accumulated dirt and long-term deposits! This especially applies to cooling-lubricating medium circuits. • Avoid using the cooling circuits of machines to also cool the motors.

If the cooling circuits of the machines are also used to cool the motors, then they must fulfill all of the requirements listed here. Also note the demands on the cooling medium as well as the maximum standstill times of cooling circuits according to the specifications of the cooling medium manufacturer!

Interconnecting cooling circuits Cooling circuits of individual components of the cooling can be connected in parallel or in series to simplify the connection systems and piping. In this case, temperature and pressure differences between the intake and return must be carefully taken into consideration.

When connecting individual cooling components in series, the coolant should first flow through the secondary section cooling and primary section precision cooler and then the main cooler. Otherwise, the heat from the main coolers is actively transferred into the machine via the secondary section cooling and primary section precision cooler.



NOTICE

No rigid connections between the cooling circuits

Rigid connections between the cooling circuits can lead to leaks! • Use flexible connections (hoses) when connecting cooling circuits.

Example of the interconnection of cooling circuits The following figure shows two examples for the series connection of different cooling circuits: On the left, all cooling circuits of the motor are connected in series. On the right, the cooling circuits of the primary section precision cooler and the primary section main cooler of a motor form a series connection. The resulting cooling circuits are connected in parallel. The secondary section cooling systems of both motors are also connected in series.

Figure 3-13 Examples for the interconnection of various different circuits (schematic diagram)

Use of cold water units When using cold water units, you can choose between the use of

● one cold water unit OR several cold water units

● unregulated cold water units OR regulated cold water units

A comparatively cost-effective system is the use of an unregulated cold water unit that can be connected to all coolers used, e.g. in a series connection. In this case, the disadvantage is that the intake temperature can fluctuate. The maximum power density of the motor and its thermal insulation to the machine cannot be considered to be constant, which must be taken into consideration in the design.

However, it is of course also possible to assign each cooler its own regulated cold water unit. With regard to the cooling system, this permits the complete control of the power density of the motor and its heat insulation to the machine since the intake temperature is always kept constant.



Figure 3-14 Example of the use of cold water units

The temperature control of the main cooler intake line is not necessarily required, even when the Thermo-Sandwich® principle is used. This allows good compromise: The main cooler is operated with an unregulated cold water unit, while at the same time the primary section precision cooler and the secondary section cooling system are connected in parallel to a regulated cold water unit. The diagram above is a schematic representation of this design. In this case, the regulated cold water unit must be designed for only about 20 % of the total power loss. The parallel connection of the cooling circuits of the primary section precision cooler and the secondary section cooling system ensure that the intake temperature of the primary section precision cooler and the secondary section cooling system are the same. Recommended manufacturers Recommended manufacturers of cold water units are listed in the Appendix.

3.4.3 Coolant

Provision of the cooling medium The customer must provide the cooling medium. Only water with anti-corrosion agent should be used as the cooling medium.

Reason for the use of water with an anti-corrosion agent The use of untreated water may lead to considerable damage and malfunctions due to water hardness deposits, the formation of algae and slime, as well as corrosion, for example:

● Worsening of the heat transfer

● Higher pressure losses due to reductions in cross-sectional area

● Blockage of nozzles, valves, heat exchangers and cooling ducts



General requirements placed on the cooling medium The cooling medium must be pre-cleaned or filtered in order to prevent the cooling circuit from becoming blocked. The formation of ice is not permitted!

Note

The maximum permissible size for particles in the cooling medium is 100 μm.

Requirements placed on the water The water used as the basis of the cooling medium must fulfill the following minimum requirements:

● Concentration of chloride: c < 100 mg/l

● Concentration of sulfate: c < 100 mg/l

● 6.5 ≤ pH value ≤ 9.5

Please check further requirements with the manufacturer of the anti-corrosion agent!

Requirements placed on the anti-corrosion agent The anti-corrosion agent must fulfill the following requirements:

● The basis is ethylene glycol (also called ethanediol)

● The water and anti-corrosion agent do not segregate

● The freezing point of the water used is reduced to at least -5 °C

● The anti-corrosion agent used must be compatible with the fittings and cooling system hoses used as well as the materials of the motor cooler

Check these requirements, especially in regard to material compatibility, with the cooling unit manufacturer and the manufacturer of the anti-corrosion agent!

Suitable mixture ● 25 % - 30 % ethylene glycol (= ethanediol)

● The water used contains a maximum of 2 g/l dissolved mineral salt and is largely free from nitrates and phosphates

Recommended manufacturers Recommended manufacturers of anti-corrosion agents are listed in the Appendix.



3.4.4 Specifying the intake temperature

Fundamentals Two variables play a role when specifying the intake temperature of the coolers: The power density of the motor and damage due to condensation.

Power density

The lower the cooling intake temperature, the higher the motor heat loss that can be dissipated. This increases the power density of the motor.

Condensation

Condensation typically occurs when parts of the cooling circuit or outer parts are colder than the surrounding air: The air in the vicinity of the colder surfaces is cooled down. The relative humidity then rises and in certain circumstances can reach the limit value of 100 %.

When selecting the intake temperature, observe any risk of condensation and take measures to rule it out.

Specifying the intake temperature The following rules apply when specifying the flow temperature:

● The lower the intake temperature, the higher the power density

● Condensation will occur if the intake temperature is too low

NOTICE

Damage due to condensation

Condensation can lead to damage of the encased machine (e.g. rust). • Avoid any risk of condensation • Select the intake temperatures, especially that of the primary section precision

cooler, in such a way that no condensation can occur.

The following figure shows a solution for controlling the intake temperature of the cooling circuits. The ambient temperature of the machine should be selected as a setpoint of the intake temperature for servo control: TINT = Tenvironment protects the areas close to the motor against condensation. If the intake temperature is controlled via a fixed setpoint controller, the temperature value depends on the maximum ambient temperature: TINT = Tenvironment,MAX.

If the constant feed force of the motor is to be fully utilized, you must limit the intake temperature to a maximum of 35 °C. In this case, moisture condensation may occur under unfavorable ambient conditions.



Figure 3-15 Characteristic curve of the intake temperature of the cooling circuits

Comparison of the possible controls With the servo control, the intake temperature is adapted to the current ambient temperature at the location of use of the motor. In this way, the motor can generally be kept cooler than with the fixed setpoint control. The service life and power density of the motor thus increase. The servo control is therefore better than the control of the intake temperature via a fixed setpoint controller.

A further favorable possibility is the use of two separately controllable cooling circuits. One cooling circuit supplies the precision cooler and has a cooling medium servo control with a linear characteristic curve and no limitation of the intake temperature. The second cooling circuit supplies the main cooler and has a cooling medium servo control which limits the intake temperature to 35 °C.

Motor components, properties and options 3.5 Encoders


3.5 Encoders

Note Siemens offers its mechatronic support service

Please contact your local Siemens office if you require mechatronic support regarding, • the mechanical design of the machine • the closed-loop control technology to be used • the resolution and measuring accuracy of the encoder • the optimum integration of the encoder into the mechanical structure.

When designing, constructing and optimizing your machine, we can support you with measurement-based and computer-based analyses.

You can obtain additional information from your Siemens contact person, also refer to the Internet link in the introduction under "Technical Support".

Encoder system In the following, encoder system stands for position measuring systems, position encoders, encoders etc.

The encoder system has a range of different functions:

● Velocity actual value encoder for the velocity control

● Position encoder for closed-loop position control

● Pole position encoder (commutation)

The encoder system is not included in the scope of supply. Due to the wide range of different applications, it is not possible to provide a comprehensive list of suitable encoders here. A certain encoder type can be optimum for one application, but essentially unsuitable for another application.

Preferred encoders are absolute position encoders with DRIVE-CLiQ, EnDat interface or incremental position encoders with 1 VPP-Signalen.

Requirements regarding the encoder Your choice of encoder essentially depends on the following application and converter-specific conditions:

● Specified maximum velocity

● Specified velocity accuracy

● Specified positioning accuracy and resolution

● Pollution level expected

● Expected electrical/magnetic interference



● Specified ruggedness

● Electrical encoder interface

Observe the documentation of the drive system being used and the documentation of the encoder manufacturer.

Encoder systems available in the market use different scanning principles (magnetic, inductive, optical, …).

In conjunction with this, high-resolution optical or magnetic systems must have a pulse clearance (or a grid spacing) of maximum 0.04 mm on the measuring standard.

Systems that do not have a high resolution (e.g. inductive, magnetic) must be designed to be significantly more rugged and insensitive to pollution. With pulse clearances in the range of approx. 1 mm on the measuring standard, these systems achieve measuring accuracies that are still sufficient to address positioning accuracy specifications for a many applications.

In some instances, encoder systems also internally interpolate the measurement signal. However, when being used on the drive system, this should be avoided as a result of the highly accurate internal interpolation of the measurement signal in the SINAMICS sensor modules.

Depending on the mechanical design of the machine regarding elasticity and natural oscillation, depending on the velocity and grid spacing of the measuring standard, oscillation can be excited and noise generated.

Using a high-resolution optical measuring system, generally, when compared to other techniques, the best dynamic performance, highest control quality, high noise immunity, precision and low noise can be achieved. Further, excitation of oscillation can be also avoided.

Preconditions to achieve this include:

● The overall mechanical system, including motor and encoder mounting, permits this

● Extremely stiff dynamic machine design to avoid the excitation of low-frequency mechanical oscillation

Figure 3-16 Performance-resolution diagram



WARNING

Uncontrolled motor motion due to incorrect commutation

Incorrect commutation can result in uncontrolled motor movements. • Only carry out the work associated with replacing the encoder if you have been

appropriately trained. • When replacing an encoder, ensure the correct commutation setting.

Note General mechanical conditions

Take into account the permissible velocity, limit frequency of the encoder and Control Unit. When configuring, mounting and adjusting the encoder refer to the appropriate documentation issued by the manufacturer!

Mechanical integration of the encoder The mechanical integration of an encoder is defined by certain influencing factors, e.g.:

● The requirements specified by the encoder manufacturer (mounting specifications, ambient conditions)

● The closed-motor control (commutation) requires an adequately accurate connection between the motor and encoder without any play

● The closed-loop velocity and position control requires that the encoder is integrated into the mechanical structure with the highest possible stiffness and lowest possible vibration

● Using the encoder as a position measuring system for the machine precision requires that the encoder is connected as close as possible to the process

In addition to selecting a suitable encoder, the performance of the machine axis is essentially determined by the integration into the overall mechanical system.

As a consequence, a general recommendation for integrating the encoder cannot be given for all encoder types and axis concepts.

To ensure that the encoder is optimally integrated into the mechanical system, Siemens offers its "Mechatronic Support" service (see Catalog). For additional information, please contact your local Siemens office. You can find the "Technical Support" Internet link in Chapter "Introduction".

Three options for integrating an encoder are shown as example in the following example.

Motor components, properties and options 3.6 Hall Sensor Box




3.6 Hall Sensor Box

Use of the Hall sensor box The Hall sensor box is used in incremental position measuring systems. It measures the motor pole position duirng power-up so that the drive can carry out a reference point approach (coarse synchronization). After the reference point approach, then a changeover can be made to a pole position angle saved in the software (fine synchronization). A Hall sensor box is required for motors for which, due to technical reasons, a software-based detection of the pole position is not possible. The Hall sensor box is also required for large gantry axes with 2 converters and 2 position measuring systems. Pole position identification of the two motors is not always possible due to the rigid coupling and potential twisting.

The Hall sensor must be adjusted to the respective motor and its pole width and be mounted at a certain position with respect to the primary section.

Selection criteria for Hall sensor boxes The selection of the Hall sensor box depends on:

● the motor type (050…150 or 300…900)

● the length of the motor (1N...2N... or 1W...2W...)

● the location in which the Hall sensor box is fitted (on or opposite the cable outlet side of the primary section)

● the required cable outlet direction (in or perpendicular to the direction of travel)



Hall sensor box mounting types

Figure 3-17 Hall sensor box mounting types for models 050 to 150

Motor components, properties and options 3.7 Braking concepts


Figure 3-18 Hall sensor box mounting types for models 300 to 900

3.7 Braking concepts

WARNING

Uncontrolled motion when malfunctions occur

Malfunctions can lead to uncontrolled motion of the drive. • Provide measures so that in the case of a fault, the maximum kinetic energy of the

machine slide can be braked.



Possible malfunctions Malfunctions can occur e.g. for:

● Power failure

● Encoder failure, encoder monitoring responds

● Higher-level control failure (e.g., NCU); bus failure

● Control Unit failure

● Drive fault

● Faults in the NC

Braking and emergency stop concepts The design and calculation of brake systems depends on the maximum kinetic energy, i.e. on the maximum mass of the machine slide and its maximum velocity. The calculation can therefore only be performed for a specific machine.

To ensure safe braking of the machine slide in the event of faults, adequately dimensioned damping elements and devices must be used at the ends of the traversing paths. If there are several slides on one axis, damping elements and devices must also be mounted between the slides.

In order to reduce the kinetic energy of the slide before it hits the damping elements, the following additional measures can also be applied (including in combinations):

1. Electrical braking using the energy in the DC link: Consult the documentation of the drive system being used.

2. Electrical braking by short-circuiting the primary section (corresponds to an armature short-circuit): Also see the documentation of the drive system used. Disadvantage: The brake force depends on the speed (see the short-circuit braking characteristic in the chapter: "Technical data and characteristics (Page 169)"). Short-circuit braking is not suitable to completely brake the slides. If electrical braking by short-circuiting the primary section is used, special contactors are required because the currents can be very high. The enable timing for the drive system must be taken into consideration.

3. Mechanical braking via braking elements: The braking capacity must be dimensioned as highly as possible so that the slide can be safely braked at maximum kinetic energy. Disadvantage: The relatively long response time of the brake control system leads to long, unbraked traversing distances.

We recommend that all three measures be implemented together. Measures (2) and (3) are used as an additional protection here in case Measure (1) fails: The short-circuiting of the primary section works at high velocities first and then the mechanical brake takes effect at lower velocities. Recommended manufacturers Recommended manufacturers of braking elements are listed in the Appendix.



Use of a holding brake Due to latching forces, the motors can be pulled into a preferred magnetic position if the motor is no longer supplied with power from the drive. If the drive is already at a standstill, this can cause unexpected movements in up to a half magnetic pole pitch in both directions. To prevent possible damage to the workpiece and/or tool, the use of a holding brake may be appropriate.

Due to the missing mechanical self-locking, a holding brake should be provided in case of inclined or vertical drives without weight compensation so that the drive can be shut down and de-energized in any position.

A holding brake may also be required if:

● The bearing friction does not compensate or exceed the latching forces and unexpected movements result

● Unexpected movements of the drive can lead to damage (e.g. a motor with a large mass also achieves a large kinetic energy)

● Weight-loaded drives must be shut down and de-energized in any position


Configuration 4

Note Siemens offers its mechatronic support service

Please contact your local Siemens office if you require mechatronic support regarding, • the mechanical design of the machine • the closed-loop control technology to be used • the resolution and measuring accuracy of the encoder • the optimum integration of the encoder into the mechanical structure.

When designing, constructing and optimizing your machine, we can support you with measurement-based and computer-based analyses.

You can obtain additional information from your Siemens contact person, also refer to the Internet link in the introduction under "Technical Support".

4.1 Software tools

4.1.1 SIZER configuration tool

Overview The SIZER calculation tool supports you in the technical dimensioning of the hardware and firmware components required for a drive task.

SIZER supports the following configuration steps:

● Configuring the power supply

● Designing the motor and gearbox, including calculation of mechanical transmission elements

● Configuring the drive components

● Compiling the required accessories

● Selection of the line-side and motor-side power options

The configuration process produces the following results:

● A parts list of components required (Export to Excel)

● Technical specifications of the system

Configuration 4.1 Software tools


● Characteristic curves

● Comments on system reactions

● Installation information of the drive and control components

● Energy considerations of the configured drive systems

You can find further information on the Internet at:

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/llisapi.dll?query=Sizer&func=cslib.cssearch&content=adsearch%2Fadsearch.aspx&lang=de&siteid=csius&objaction=cssearch&searchinprim=0&nodeid0=36426537&redir=false&x=43&y=7

Table 4- 1 Article number for SIZER for SIEMENS Drives

Configuration tool Article no. of the DVD SIZER for SIEMENS Drives German/English

6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0

Minimum system requirements ● PG or PC with Pentium™ III 800 MHz (recommended > 1 GHz)

● 512 MB RAM (1 GB recommended)

● At least 4.1 GB free hard disk space

● In addition, 100 MB free hard disk space on the Windows system drive

● Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels (1280 x 1024 pixels recommended)

● Windows™ 7 Professional (32/64-bit), 7 Enterprise (32/64-bit), 7 Ultimate (32/64-bit), 7 Home (32/64-bit), Vista Business, XP Professional SP2, XP Home SP2, XP 64-bit SP2

● Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 SP2

4.1.2 STARTER drive/commissioning software The STARTER commissioning tool offers

● Commissioning

● Optimization

● Diagnostics

Table 4- 2 Article number for STARTER

Commissioning tool Article no. of the DVD STARTER German, English, French, Italian, Spanish

6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/llisapi.dll?query=Sizer&func=cslib.cssearch&con

Configuration 4.2 Procedure


Minimum system requirements ● Hardware

– PG or PC with Pentium III min. 800 MHz (recommended > 1 GHz)

– 512 MB RAM (1 GB recommended)

– Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels, 16-bit color depth

– Free hard disk memory: min. 2 GB;

● Software

– Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4

– Microsoft Windows Server 2003 SP1 and SP2 (PCS7)

– Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP2 and SP3

– Microsoft Windows VISTA Business SP1 1)

– Microsoft Windows VISTA Ultimate SP1 1)

– Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher

– Microsoft Windows 7 SP1

1) Drive Control Chart (DCC) cannot be used. STARTER can only be used on these operating systems without the DCC option.

4.2 Procedure

Requirements The selection of a suitable linear motor depends on:

● The peak force, continuous force and stall force required for the application

● The desired velocity and acceleration

● The installation space available

● The desired or possible drive arrangement (e.g. single-sided, parallel, or double-sided arrangement)

● The required cooling system



Sequence As a rule, the motor selection is an iterative process as, especially with high dynamic direct drives, the intrinsic mass of the motor type also determines the required powers. The following figure is a flowchart of this process.

Figure 4-1 Flowchart for the drive configuration



4.2.1 Mechanical boundary conditions

Introduction The supplementary conditions that influence the selection of the motor include:

● Dynamic masses (incl. motor mass)

● Effects of gravitation

● Friction

● Machining forces

● Travel lengths

● The drive configuration

Masses to be moved All machine parts, equipment in the tow chain, covers, mounting parts, etc. that the motor has to move, must be included in the calculation of the dynamic mass. The mass of the motor component moved must also be added. As this is not known – the motor still has to be selected – the mass of a motor type that is approximately suitable must be used. If, during the further calculation, it is found that the assumed mass is badly incorrect, an additional iteration step is required for the motor selection.

In contrast to rotary drives with a mechanical gear reduction, all load masses are fully included in the acceleration capacity of the drive for a direct drive.

Gravitation Every mass is subject to gravity. The motor must thus compensate part of the gravitational force FG that has an effect on the dynamic mass. This component Fg depends on the dynamic mass m, the mounting position of the axis in relation to the earth's normal (angle α) and any weight compensation used. The following figure shows the forces on the motor due to gravitation for an inclined mounting position. Quantity F⊥ is the component of the force of gravity that acts perpendicularly on the inclined axis.



Figure 4-2 Forces on the motor for an inclined mounting position

According to the force components in the above figure, the component of the gravitational force that has to be compensated by the motor is calculated using

Fg = m ‧ g ‧ cos α

with the gravitational acceleration g.

When using a weight compensation, you must consider that the compensation does not automatically amount to 100 % and is linked to additional friction forces and inert masses.

Friction Friction that impedes the movement of a linear motor occurs between the guide carriage and the guide rail. The corresponding force Fr opposes the direction of motion of the slide.

Essentially, the frictional force Fr consists of a constant component Frc and a component Frν that is proportional to the speed v:

Fr = Frc + Frν

Both components depend on the type of linear guide used and its loading. Loads are also included, which depending on the mechanical design version, especially include the forces due to gravity (F⊥ from the diagram above) and magnetic forces of attraction Fmagn between the motor components as well as tension forces Ftension between the various guide elements. All these forces result in a force Fn which is perpendicular ("normal") to the axis:

Fn = F⊥ + Fmagn + Ftension

Setting Frc = μrc ‧ Fn and Frv = μrv ‧ v ‧ Fn, then the following is obtained for the frictional force

Fr = μrc ‧ Fn + μrv ‧ v ‧ Fn

High linear motor velocities can also result in extremely high frictional force values. Note the specifications of the linear guide manufacturer for the calculation of the frictional forces!



The following figure shows a simplified example for the speed curve and the correspondingly occurring frictional forces in a motor.

Figure 4-3 Example of frictional forces

4.2.2 Specifying the load cycle

Significance of the load cycle In addition to the frictional and gravitational forces, the load cycle is decisive for the selection of the motor. The load cycle contains information regarding the sequence of motion of the drive axis and the machining forces that occur in the process.

Motion sequence The motion sequence can be specified as a distance-time diagram, velocity-time diagram or acceleration-time diagram, see following figure.

In accordance with the following relationships:

the diagrams for the sequence of motion can be converted to one other.



Figure 4-4 Example for the sequence of motion of a linear motor in diagrams

The inertia forces resulting from the sequence of motion that the motor must compensate, are proportional to the acceleration a and the dynamic mass m:

Fa= m ‧ a

They oppose the direction of acceleration.

A machining force-time diagram for a motor could look like the following figure. The speed-time diagram serves as a comparison.



Figure 4-5 Example of a machining force-time diagram

Uninterrupted duty S1 With uninterrupted duty S1, the motor runs permanently with a constant load. The load period is sufficient to achieve thermal equilibrium.

The rated data is of relevance when dimensioning the motor for uninterrupted duty.

NOTICE

Motor overload

An excessive load can lead to the destruction of the motor. • Ensure that the load does not exceed the value IN specified in the data sheets!

Short-time duty S2 In the case of short-time duty S2, the load time is so short that the final thermal state is not reached. The subsequent zero-current break is so long that the motor practically cools down completely.

NOTICE

Destruction of the motor

An excessive load can lead to the destruction of the motor. • Ensure that the load does not exceed the value IMAX specified in the data sheets!



The motor may only be operated for a limited time t < tMAX with a current IN < IM ≤ IMAX. The time tMAX can be calculated using the following logarithmic formula:

with ν = (IM / IN)2 and the thermal time constant tTH.

The thermal time constants, the maximum currents and the rated currents of the motors can be taken from the data sheets.

The above equation is valid under the precondition that the initial temperature of the motor - the intake temperature of the water cooling TINTcorresponds to what is specified in the data sheet.

Example The 1FN3300-2WC00-0AA1 motor should be operated from a cold state at maximum current.

● IMAX = 39.2 A, IN = 12.6 A; which results in ν = 9.679

● tTH = 120 s

The motor may only be operated for a maximum of 13 s at maximum current.



Intermittent duty S3 With intermittent duty S3, periods of load time ΔtB with constant current alternate with periods of downtime ΔtS with no current feed. The motor heats up during the load time and then cools down again while at standstill. After a sufficient number of duty cycles with cycle duration ΔtSpiel = ΔtB + ΔtS, the temperature characteristic oscillates between a constant maximum value To and a constant minimum value Tu; see figure below.

Figure 4-6 Current and temperature characteristic for intermittent duty S3

For currents IN < IM ≤ IMAX, the rms continuous current may not exceed the rated current:

In this respect, the cycle duration should not exceed 10 % of the thermal time constant tTH. If a longer cycle duration is necessary, please contact your local Siemens office.

Example With a thermal time constant of tTH = 120 s, the maximum permissible cycle duration ΔtSpiel is 0.1· 120 s = 12 s.



4.2.3 Determination of the motor thrust, peak thrust and continuous thrust

Determination of the motor force The force that the motor has to provide consists of the sum of the individual forces at any time. The signs of the forces must be taken into account!

The following diagram shows an example of the individual forces for a linear motor and the resulting motor force FM.

Figure 4-7 Example of the individual forces for a linear motor and the resulting motor force

Determination of the peak force The peak force FL,MAX (= at maximum the force of the load cycle) that the motor must provide can be easily determined from the above figure.



Determination of the continuous force In addition to the peak force, the required continuous force (rms force) of the motor is decisive for its dimensioning. The maximum continuous force of the motor Frms is calculated from the square mean of the motor force over the entire time of a sequence of motion and may not exceed the rated force FN:

When the motor force is constant over sections as in the following figure, this simplifies the integral for the sum:

Figure 4-8 Continuous force with motor force constant over sections

The above equations apply for the calculation of the rms forces. For more exact calculations, the forces must be replaced by the corresponding currents and the effective current determined. Here the effects of the motor saturation must be taken into account.

4.2.4 Selection of the primary sections

Requirements relating to the primary section Whether a primary section can fulfill the requirements from the load cycle, depends on the following items:

● Rated force FN of the primary section must be greater than or equal to the continuous force Frms of the load cycle that has been determined.

● The primary section should have approximately 10 % control reserve over the required peak force FL,MAX, in order to avoid undesired limitation effects when control circuits oscillate.



● All required forces can be achieved at the required speeds.

● Overload phases of the load cycle must not lead to shutdown by the temperature monitoring.

In addition to the requirements from the load cycle, mechanical installation conditions may influence the choice of motor. The same motor forces may often be generated by different types of primary sections.

If several primary sections are involved in the force generation of the axis, the values for the peak and continuous forces of the individual motors must be added. If the force is not evenly distributed between the individual motors, e.g. for a gantry axis with an uneven weight distribution, then the force requirements placed on the individual motors must be separately taken into account.

Motor-velocity-characteristic The first two items are used for a preselection of the possible primary sections. If some supplementary conditions such as the machining forces and frictional forces are not exactly known, it is best to plan with larger reserves.

To determine whether a primary section actually fulfills the requirements from the load cycle, the motor force-speed characteristic curve, which results from the required sequence of motion and the motor force-time diagram, is required. Whereby only the absolute values for motor force and speed are decisive, not the directions. All points of the motor force-speed characteristic curve must be below the force-speed characteristic curve of the primary section that is specified in the data sheets.

Figure 4-9 Example for points of a motor force-speed characteristic curve in comparison with the

force-speed characteristic curve of the primary section



As an example, the above figure shows some points of the motor force-speed characteristic curve at times t1 ... t4 in comparison with the force-speed characteristic curve of a primary section: ● t1: This point is not critical, as it is below the rated force FN and also lies within the voltage

limit characteristic of the motor. ● t2, t3: These are permissible operating points, as they lie within the voltage limit

characteristic of the motor. However, it must be carefully checked whether the motor can be operate as long as intended at overload.

● t4: If such a point occurs, the required motor force cannot be achieved at this speed. In this case, you must select another primary section at which the point t4 lies below the force-speed characteristic curve.

Note

Current does not evenly flow through all phases in all operating states of the motor, e.g. • at standstill with current fed to the motor, e.g. for:

– The compensation of a weight – Start up against a brake system (damping and impact absorption elements)

• Low speeds (< 0.5 m/min) • Cyclic traversing distances less than the pole width

With long-term uneven loading, the motor may be operated only at about 70 % of the rated force, see F0* in the data sheets.

For precise dimensioning, please contact your local Siemens office.

4.2.5 Specifying the number of secondary sections

Basics Irrespective of the length, the secondary sections must have the same magnetic track width as the selected primary section. This is guaranteed by making a selection based on the article number The positions of the order number that indicate the motor size must match.

The number of required secondary sections depends on:

● The desired traversing distance

● The drive arrangement

Specifying the total length of the secondary section track The total length of a secondary section track determines the number of required secondary sections. It depends on the length of the desired traversing path, the number of primary sections on this secondary section track and, if applicable, the use of a Hall sensor box.

The calculation of the total length of the secondary section track specified here guarantees the maximum motor force over the entire traversing path.



An individual primary section on the secondary section track

If it is intended that only one primary section should be on the secondary section track, the length of the secondary section track is calculated using the length of the required traversing distance and the magnetically active length of the primary section (see the image below).

Note

The magnetically active length of the primary section without the use of a Hall sensor box (lP,AKT) is shorter than when a Hall sensor box is used (lP,AKT,H).

The variable lP,AKT is specified in the dimension drawings. The length lP,AKT,H then results from the drawings for the attachment of the Hall sensor box.

Figure 4-10 Determination of the length of the secondary section track with one primary section

Several primary sections on a secondary section track

If several primary sections are to be mounted on a secondary section track, the required length of the secondary section increases by the active length of the additional primary sections and the distances between them (see the image below).



Figure 4-11 Determination of the length of the secondary section track with several primary sections

If the various primary sections are operated from separate drive systems with separate measuring systems, for example, for gantry or master/slave operation, the distance between the primary sections is limited only by mechanical supplementary conditions such as the length of the connecting plugs and the bending radii of the cables. As long as the primary sections are being electrically operated in parallel on a drive system, the pole position of the two primary sections must be the same. The distance can only accommodate certain values.

Specifying the number of secondary sections The total required length of the secondary section track is calculated from the individual secondary sections. The available lengths are listed in the motor data.

4.2.6 Operation in the area of reduced magnetic coverage

Fundamentals and information If the primary section moves beyond the ends of the secondary section track, the motor force is reduced.

The available motor force is almost proportional to the percentage of the surface covered by magnets over the complete magnetically active surface of the primary section. Depending on the extent of the frictional forces in the guides, the motor force of the drive may be too low to independently return to the secondary section track if the degree of coverage is too low. External force is then required to return to the track.

The degree of coverage should not be below 50 % in order to ensure that the drive can independently return to the secondary section track.

The phases are unsymmetrically loaded, especially at high speeds in the range of reduced magnetic coverage. This leads to additional heating.

The velocity in areas of reduced magnetic coverage should not exceed 25 % of the rated velocity vMAX,FN.

The area of reduced magnetic coverage should be used only to approach parking or service positions, but not for machining. When using a Hall sensor box (HSB) for position identification, it must be carefully ensured that when the system is switched on the HSB is



located above the magnets of the secondary section track, and the primary section can move as a result of its own force.

The drive is normally operated position-controlled. As the loss of motor force changes the behavior of the control circuit, stable operation can only be achieved when the value of the position controller gain kV is reduced.

The appropriate kV value for each case depends on the mechanical design of the respective machine. It can only be determined by tests during commissioning. Searching for a suitable value of kV should start with 5 % of its value for full magnetic coverage.

4.2.7 Checking the dynamic mass

Procedure The dynamic mass of the motor or the axis is determined at the latest after the secondary sections have been selected. With this data, the assumptions specified as mechanical supplementary conditions can be checked. When the mass of the motor assumed there differs considerably from the actual mass of the motor, a new calculation of the load cycle is required.

4.2.8 Selecting the power module The required power modules are selected according to the peak and continuous currents that occur in the load cycle. If several primary sections are operated in parallel on one power module, then the sum values of the continuous and peak currents must be taken into account.

A selection of available power modules can be found, for example, in the relevant catalogs.



NOTICE

Damaged main insulation

In systems where direct drives are used on controlled infeeds, electrical oscillations can occur with respect to ground potential. These oscillations are, among other things, influenced by: • The lengths of the cables • The rating of the infeed/regenerative feedback module • The type of infeed/regenerative feedback module (particularly when an HFD

commutating reactor is already present) • The number of axes • The size of the motor • The winding design of the motor • The type of line supply • The place of installation

The oscillations lead to increased voltage loads and may damage the main insulation! • To dampen the oscillations we recommend the use of the associated Active Interface

Module or an HFD reactor with damping resistor. For specific details, refer to the documentation of the drive system being used or contact your local Siemens office.

Note

The corresponding Active Interface Module or the appropriate HFD line reactor must be used to operate the Active Line Module controlled infeed unit.

4.2.9 Calculation of the required infeed

Dimensioning the Active Infeed Use the drive's power balance to dimension the Active Infeed.

The first important quantity to know is the mechanical power Pmech to be produced on the motor shaft. Based on this shaft output, the electrical active power PLine to be drawn from the supply system can be determined by adding the power loss of the motor PV Mot, the power loss of the Motor Module PV MoMo and the power loss of the Active Infeed PV AI to the mechanical power Pmech:

PLine = Pmech + PV Mot + PV MoMo + PV AI.

The active power to be drawn from the power system depends on the line voltage ULine, the line current ILine and the line-side power factor cosφLine as defined by the relation

PLine = √3 • ULine • ILine • cosφLine.

Configuration 4.3 Examples


This is used to calculate the required line current ILine of the Active Infeed as follows:

ILine = PLine / (√3 • ULine • cosφLine).

If the Active Infeed is operated according to the factory setting, i.e. with a line-side power factor of cosφLine = 1, so that it draws only pure active power from the supply, then the formula can be simplified to

ILine = PLine / (√3 • ULine).

The Active Infeed must now be selected such that the permissible line current of the Active Infeed is higher or equal to the required value ILine.

4.3 Examples

Note

Possible differences to data provided in the data sheets have no effect on the calculation method shown here.

4.3.1 Positioning in a specified time

Predefinitions In the case of positioning in predefined time, only the end points of the path and the duration of the individual motion sections are predefined.

Objective An appropriate primary section of the peak and continuous load motors in the 1FN3 product family, the matching secondary sections and the number of required secondary sections are to be found for the following specifications:

The motor should move on a horizontal axis during time Δt1 to a specific point sMAX. It should then wait there for time Δt2 and then return to the starting position. The following figure shows these variables in a distance-time diagram.



Figure 4-12 Example 1: Representation of the predefined variables in the distance-time diagram

The individual predefined variables are: Traversing distance sMAX = 0.26 m Travel time Δt1 = 0.21 s Dwell time Δ t2 = 0.18 s Mass to be moved (without motor mass)

m = 50 kg

Constant friction Fr = 100 N Horizontal axis Fg = 0

In addition, a power module is to be selected and the maximum infeed power calculated.

Supplementary conditions/specification of the load cycle Traversing profile – Example 1

The form of the traversing profile during time Δt1 is not explicitly specified. Therefore, a suitable traversing profile must first be specified.

The following example shows a traversing profile that is the simplest to implement: With this profile, only one constant acceleration phase and one constant deceleration phase are required to reach position sMAX (also see the image below). This type of traversing profile has the shortest positioning times.



Figure 4-13 Example 1: Motion sequence for the simplest traversing profile

From the specified values, you can calculate how great the maximum velocity and maximum acceleration (deceleration) of the motor must be:

Since the required force for this is not yet known, FMAX should be assumed. The value for the maximum velocity vMAX then corresponds with the values listed for vMAX,FMAX in the data sheets. A velocity vMAX = 2.48 m/s =149 m/min is relatively often above the maximum



permissible values vMAX,FMAX for the 1FN3 motors. Therefore, in this example, the traversing profile is to be modified in order to increase the possible selection.

Traversing profile – Example 2

Another simple traversing profile that will now be explored here features, in addition to the constant acceleration and constant deceleration, a phase in which the motor is to be run at maximum velocity (see the image below).

Figure 4-14 Example 1: Modified traversing profile

For the maximum velocity that the motor is to achieve, the following must apply:

sMAX ≤ vMAX ‧ t1

Otherwise, the duration of time t1 will not be long enough to position the motor at sMAX. In the current example, the following must apply for the maximum velocity of the motor:

vMAX ≥ 1.24 m/s = 74.3 m/min



In comparison with the previous profile, a higher acceleration aMAX must be used so that the motor will be positioned in the same amount of time t1. At the defined maximum velocity, this acceleration can be calculated:

A primary section can be selected using this data.

Preselection of the primary sections In order that the configuration is not too restricted, a maximum velocity of vMAX = 1.5 m/s = 90 m/min is assumed. With this condition for the maximum velocity, only a few primary sections are eliminated from the selection.

This results in aMAX = 41 m/s2 for the acceleration. The maximum power FL,MAX that the motor must supply during the load cycle is calculated as follows:

FL,MAX = m ‧ a + Fr = 50 kg ‧ 41 m/s2 + 100 N

FL,MAX = 2150 N

For this example, the following motors are suitable (see motor data sheets): Article No. vMAX, FMAX FMAX mMotor

(with precision cooler)

Peak load motor 1FN3100-4WC00-0BA1 131 m/min 2200 N 8.5 kg Continuous load motor 1FN3150-3NC70-0BA1 163 m/min 2300 N 11.6 kg

Checking the mechanical supplementary conditions You must now check two points:

● Is the reserve force of the selected primary section also sufficient for the mass of the primary section (which has not yet been taken into account)?

● Is the rms force of the load cycle Frms below the permissible rated force of the motor FN?



Calculating the required maximum force for the selected primary sections 1st iteration step Peak load motor 1FN3100-4WC00-0BA1

The entire mass to be moved mtot is: mtot = m + mMotor = (50 + 8.5) kg = 58.5 kg The maximum force that the motor must supply for the load cycle is: FL,MAX = mtot · a + Fr = 58.5kg · 41 m/s2 + 100N FL,MAX = 2499 N

Continuous load motor 1FN3150-3NC70-0BA1

The entire mass to be moved mtot is: mtot = m + mMotor = (50 + 11.6) kg = 61.6 kg The maximum force that the motor must supply for the load cycle is: FL,MAX = mtot · a + Fr = 61.6kg · 41 m/s2 + 100N FL,MAX = 2,626 N

The force of the primary sections previously selected is too low, both for the peak load motor and the continuous load motor. Therefore, a new primary section has to be selected.

2nd iteration step

New, improved motor selection for the example (see motor data sheets): Article No. vMAX, FMAX FMAX mMotor

(with precision cooler) Peak load motor 1FN3100-5WC00-0BA1

1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1 109 m/min 126 m/min

2750 N 3300 N

10.4 kg 11.4 kg

Continuous load motor

1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1 109 m/min 3060 N 15.2 kg

Peak load motor 1FN3100-5WC00-0BA1 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1

mtot = 60.4 kg FL,MAX = 2576 N (no control reserve) mtot = 61.4 kg FL,MAX = 2617 N (10 % control reserve present) (calculation analogous to the 1st iteration step)

Continuous load motor 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1

mtot = 65.2 kg FL,MAX = 2773 N (calculation analogous to the 1st iteration step)

The further calculations in this example are performed with the peak load motor 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1 or the continuous load motor 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1.



Calculation of the effective force Frms of the load cycle

The following figure shows the force/time graph for the entire sequence of motion for this example.

Figure 4-15 Example 1: Force-time diagram and continuous force of the load cycle in this example



Peak load motor 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1

F1 = mtot · a + Fr = 2617 N F2 = Fr = 100 N F3 = -mtot · a + Fr = - 2417 N F4 = 0 N F5 = -mtot · a - Fr = - 2617 N F6 = F4 - Fr = - 100 N F7 = mtot · a - Fr = 2417 N ⇒ Frms = 1246 N The rms force therefore remains below the permissible value of FN = 1350 N

Travel to position sMAX Dwell time Travel to position s0

Continuous load motor 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1

F1 = mtot · a + Fr = 2773 N F2 = Fr = 100 N F3 = -mtot · a + Fr = - 2573 N F4 = 0 N F5 = -mtot · a - Fr = - 2773 N F6 = F4 - Fr = - 100 N F7 = mtot · a - Fr = 2573 N ⇒ Frms = 1323 N The rms force therefore remains below the permissible value of FN = 1810 N

Travel to position sMAX Dwell time Travel to position s0

Final selection of the primary section For the example considered here, for a peak load motor, primary section 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1 is suitable, and for a continuous load motors, primary section 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1. Which primary section is best suited to the specified load cycle can be derived from the following summary:

Values from the data sheet Values from the load cycle

Motor Article No. FMAX FN FL,MAX Frms Peak load motor 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1 3300 N 1350 N 2617 N 1246 N Continuous load motor 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1 3060 N 1810 N 2773 N 1323 N

Decision-making criteria for the primary section include:

● Size and installation conditions

● Thermal conditions

● Downtimes

● Power reserves for peak and continuous loads

● Acceleration and speed class

● Speed class

● Converter power module



A rule of thumb for selecting the primary section is as follows:

In this particular example, the quotient FL,max / Frms is equal to 2.1. For peak force FL,MAX of the load cycle, the peak load motor has sufficient reserves with its maximum force FMAX. The effective force Frms lies significantly below the rated force FN of the continuous load motor.

Without taking other decision-making criteria into account, the peak load motor 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1 is the most suitable for the specified load cycle and is therefore used for the following calculations.

Specifying the number of secondary sections Type of secondary section

Based on the Article number, a search is made for the appropriate secondary section for primary section 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1. It has the order designation 1FN3150-4SA00-0AA0.

Length of the secondary section track and number of secondary sections

lSpur = lP,AKT + sMAX

Number = lSpur / lS

lP,AKT = 420 mm (see motor data sheet 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1)

lS = 120 mm (see motor data sheet 1FN3150-4WC00-0BA1)

⇒ lSpur = 420 mm + 260 mm = 680 mm

⇒ Number of secondary sections = 6

Selecting the power module The selected peak load motor has the following data:

FMAX= 3300 N

FN = 1350 N

IMAX = 38.2 A

IN = 14.3 A

A suitable power module for this data is selected from the relevant catalog.



Calculating the infeed power The electrical infeed power is obtained from the mechanical power PMECH and the motor power PV,Mot. The rms values of the motor velocity and motor force resulting from the load cycle are used as basis for the calculation.

The rms infeed power is estimated as follows:

PEL = PMECH + PV,Mot

with

Controlling the unit:

To dimension the infeed (Active Infeed), in addition to the calculated value PEL, the power loss of the Motor Module Pv,MoMo and the Active Infeed PV,AI must also be added (see Chapter 4.2.9 "Calculating the required infeed (Page 97)").

4.3.2 Gantry with transverse axis

Machining center with gantry axis Frequently, an axis design in the form of a gantry is used for machining centers. The center area of the slide of the gantry axis is required as machining space. This means that the gantry is moved using two identical linear motors arranged at the sides.

The two motors are controlled from their own separate drive system – equipped with their own position measuring system (gantry arrangement).

In the simplest scenario, the gantry has a symmetrical design, which means that each motor must accelerate half the mass mP of the gantry.

In addition, an additional axis (transverse axis moving with the gantry) can be additionally attached to the gantry, whose slides can be moved out of the center position. Depending on



the particular operating case, the mass distribution is no longer symmetrical. In this case, the two motors of the gantry have to move different masses.

Depending on how far this transverse axis is moved out of the center position, the slide mass mS is distributed between both motors of the gantry axis. This means that in addition to half the mass of the gantry, the individual motor also has to move the percentage mass of the transverse axis slide.

It is sufficient to use the most unfavorable scenario when dimensioning the two motors. In this case, the slide of the transverse axis is fully moved to one side. For reasons of simplicity, the maximum possible movement at both sides is assumed to be identical.

The equivalent mass mERSATZ is calculated from the gantry mass mP and the slide mass mS:

Figure 4-16 Example of a machining center with gantry axis

The drive is now dimensioned based on the equivalent mass – and is only carried out for one motor. The result is also valid for the other motor.



4.3.3 Dimensioning the cooling system

4.3.3.1 Basic information

Individual coolers Starting from the required continuous force Frms, heat QK,i can initially be calculated, which must be dissipated by the individual coolers. This simultaneously corresponds to the cooling rating Pcool,i, which a cooling unit or a heat exchanger must have for the cooling being considered.

The values for rated force FN and heat QK,MAX to be dissipated under full load conditions is obtained from the data sheets.

The flow rate is defined; however, the value that is specified in the data sheet tables should be used.

The pressure drop associated with the flow rate can be taken from the characteristics for the primary section main cooler as well as for the primary section precision cooler and secondary section cooling.

Temperature increase ΔTK,i between intake and return for the individual coolers can be determined for the specified flow rate

Variables ρ and cρ designate the density or the specific thermal capacity of water as coolant: ρ = 998 kg/m3, cρ = 4180 J/(kg·K).

Series connection of coolers If cooling circuits are connected in series, the greatest volume flow for the individual coolers is decisive for the entire system:

Vgesamt = max(V1, V2, V3, …)

Pressure drops and temperature increases are determined and summed up:

Δpgesamt = ΔpK,1 + ΔpK,2 + ΔpK,3 +…

ΔTgesamt = ΔTK,1 + ΔTK,2 + ΔTK,3 +…

If a recooling unit or a heat exchanger is used for all cooling circuits together, the necessary refrigerating capacity Pkühl is calculated from the individual refrigerating capacities Pkühl:

Pkühl = Pkühl,1 + Pkühl,2 + Pkühl,3 +… = QK,1 + QK,2 + QK,3 +…



4.3.3.2 Example: Dimensioning the cooling

Note

Possible differences to data provided in the data sheets have no effect on the calculation method shown here.

Requirement A peak load motor with a primary section of the 1FN3300-2WC00 series is to be operated with a continuous force Frms = 0.8 FN. A primary section main cooler is necessary for this application. The primary section precision cooler and the secondary section cooling system should also be used to prevent heat being transferred to the machine.

The secondary section track is approximately 1.6 m long. There is a coupling point for the cooling section. The intake and return lines of the secondary section cooling system are connected via combi distributors.

The medium flows through the primary section precision cooler, secondary section cooling system and primary section main cooler in that order. To maintain the temperature difference of 4 K between the intake temperature and the surface of the primary section precision cooler, the recommended values from the corresponding data sheet are used.

Data from data sheet: Volume flow: Vtotal = 4 l/min for all coolers Pressure drop: ΔpP,H = 0.32 bar for main cooler ΔpP,P = 0.33 bar for precision cooler ΔpS = 0.09 bar/m for heatsink profiles ΔpKV = 0.42 bar for each combi distributor ΔpKS = 0.31 bar for each coupling point Maximum heat dissipation: QP,H,MAX = 995 W for main cooler QP,P,MAX = 35 W for precision cooler QS,MAX = 93 W for secondary section cooling system

Calculating the cooling capacity

Individual cooling circuits

The following results for the individual cooling circuits:

Pcool,P,H = QP,H ≃ 995 W ‧ 0.82 = 636.8 W

Pcool,P,P = QP,P ≃ 35 W ‧ 0.82 = 22.4 W

Pcool,S = QS ≃ 93 W ‧ 0.82 = 59.52 W



Total cooling

For a cooling system, which is designed for the complete series configuration, the following must be assumed as a minimum cooling rating:

Pcool,total = Pcool,P,H + Pcool,P,P + Pcool,S = 636.8 W + 22.4 W + 59.52 W

Pcool,total = 718.72 W

Calculating the pressure drop

Pressure drop in the secondary section cooling system

The secondary section cooling comprises a coupling point and two combi distributors. The parallel cooling sections for the 1FN3300 have a length of l s 1 = 0.716 m (4 secondary section segments) - and l s 2 = 0.900 m

(5 secondary section segments).

Figure 4-17 Example of a secondary section cooling system

In total, the pressure drop of the secondary section cooling system is:

ΔpS,tot = ΔpS ‧ lS 1 + ΔpS ‧ lS 2 +2 ‧ ΔpKV + ΔpKS

The result is:

ΔpS,tot = 0.09 bar/m ‧ 0.176 m +0.09 bar/m ‧ 0.900 m + 2 ‧ 0.42 bar + 0.31 bar

ΔpS,tot = 1.25 bar

Total cooling

For the total cooling, the following results:

Δptotal = ΔpP,H + ΔpP,P + ΔpS,tot = 0.32 bar + 0.33 bar + 1.25 bar

Δptotal = 1.90 bar



Note Pressure drop across the water lines on the customer side

For the overall pressure drop, the pressure drop should be taken into account across water connections on the customer side involving cooling medium pump - combi distributor or also valves.

Calculating the temperature increase

Individual cooling circuits

The values for the individual cooling circuits are calculated as follows:

Total cooling

For the total cooling, the following results:

ΔTtotal = ΔTP,H + ΔTP,P + ΔTS,tot = 2.3 K + 0.08 K + 0.21 K

ΔTtotal = 2.59 K

Conclusion

For a cooler to be able to cool the motor under the conditions described in this section, it must be dimensioned for about 720 W. The pressure loss amounts to around 3 bar and the temperature difference between the intake and return lines of the cooling system to around 3 K. Recommended manufacturers Recommended manufacturers of cold water units are listed in the Appendix.


Storage and transport 5 5.1 Safety instructions for storage and transport

WARNING

Risk of death and crushing as a result of permanent magnet fields

Severe injury and material damage can result if you do not take into consideration the safety instructions relating to the permanent magnet fields of the secondary sections. • Carefully observe the information in Chapter "Risks due to strong magnetic fields

(Page 26)".

Note Original packaging

Keep the packaging of components with permanent magnets where possible!

When reusing the original packaging do not cover safety instructions that are possibly attached. When required, use transparent adhesive tape for the packaging.

Original packaging can also be requested from your local Siemens office.

UN number 2807 is allocated to permit magnets as hazardous item.

Storage and transport 5.1 Safety instructions for storage and transport


WARNING

Incorrect packaging, storage and/or incorrect transport

Risk of death, injury and/or material damage can occur if the devices are packed, stored, or transported incorrectly. • Never store or transport motor components if they are not packed; this also applies for

transport and movement within a company's facility. • Only use undamaged original packaging! • Take into account the maximum loads that personnel can lift and carry. The motors

and/or their components can weigh more than 13 kg! • When transporting machines or machine parts with the motors installed, protect the

components from moving unintentionally. • IATA regulations must be observed when components are transported by air. • Mark the storage locations of components with permanent magnets with the appropriate

warning signs (pictograms). • Observe the warning instructions on the packaging. • Always wear safety shoes and work gloves.

The packaging of the direct drives and their components provides reliable protection during transport and storage especially against the strong magnetic forces of components with permanent magnets.

Note Keep the packaging • Keep the packaging of components with permanent magnets where possible. • Do not attach anything over the safety instructions when reusing the original packaging.

When required, use transparent adhesive tape for the packaging.

Original packaging can also be requested from your local Siemens office.

When shipping products that contain permanent magnets by sea or road, no additional packaging measures are required for protection against magnetic fields.

NOTICE

Damage to the motor when incorrectly lifted

Improper use of lifting devices can cause plastic deformation of the motor. • At least three lifting lugs are required when lifting the primary section. • Screw the lifting lugs so that they are located symmetrically with respect to one another

in the threaded holes of the secondary section in a horizontal position. • Only lift primary sections when they are in a horizontal position. • The lifting ropes must be the same length. The tightened lifting ropes must form an

angle of at least 50° between the lifting rope and primary section.

Storage and transport 5.2 Ambient conditions for long term storage and transport


5.2 Ambient conditions for long term storage and transport Based on DIN EN 60721-3-1 (for long-term storage) and DIN EN 60721-3-2 (for transport)

Table 5- 1 Climatic ambient conditions

Lower air temperature limit: -5 °C (deviates from 3K3) Upper air temperature limit: +40 °C Lower relative humidity limit: 5 % Upper relative humidity limit: 85 % Rate of temperature fluctuations: Max 0.5 K/min Condensation: Not permissible Formation of ice: Not permissible Long-term storage: Class 1K3 and class 1Z1 have a different upper relative humidity Transport: Class 2K2 Storage and transport are only permissible only in locations that are fully protected against the weather (in halls or rooms).

Table 5- 2 Biological ambient conditions

Long-term storage: Class 1B1 Transport: Class 2B1

Storage and transport 5.3 Storage


Table 5- 3 Chemical ambient conditions

Long-term storage: Class 1C1 Transport: Class 2C1

Table 5- 4 Mechanically active ambient conditions

Long-term storage: Class 1S2 Transport: Class 2S2

Table 5- 5 Mechanical ambient conditions

Long-term storage: Class 1M2 Transport: Class 2M2

5.3 Storage The motors can be stored for up to two years under the following conditions:

Storing indoors ● Apply a preservation agent (e.g. Tectyl) to bare external components if this has not

already been carried out in the factory.

● Store the motors as described in Chapter "Ambient conditions" for long-term storage. The storeroom must be:

– Dry, free of dust and not subject to vibration

– Well ventilated

– Provide protection against extreme weather conditions

– Free of aggressive gases

● Protect the motor against shocks and humidity.

● Make sure that the motor is covered properly.

Storage and transport 5.4 Packaging specifications for transport by air


Protection against humidity If a dry storage area is not available, then take the following precautions:

● Wrap the motor in humidity-absorbent material and then wrap it in film so that it is air tight.

● Include several bags of desiccant in the seal-tight packaging. Check the desiccant and replace as required.

● Place a humidity meter in the seal-tight packaging to indicate the level of air humidity inside it in four steps.

● Inspect the motor on a regular basis.

Protecting the cooling system for motors with integrated cooling Before you store the motor after use:

● Empty the cooling channels

● Blow air through to completely empty them and

● Seal them

5.4 Packaging specifications for transport by air When transporting products containing permanent magnets by air, the maximum permissible magnetic field strengths specified by the appropriate IATA Packing Instruction must not be exceeded. Special measures may be required so that these products can be shipped. Above a certain magnetic field strength, shipping requires that you notify the relevant authorities and appropriately label the products.

Note

The magnetic field strengths listed in the following always refer to values for the DC magnetic field specified in the IATA packaging instruction 953. If the values change, then we will take this into account in the next edition.

Products whose highest field strength exceeds 0.418 A/m, as determined at a distance of 4.6 m from the product, require shipping authorization. This product will only be shipped with previous authorization from the responsible national body of the country from where the product is being shipped (country of origin) and the country where the airfreight company is based. Special measures need to be taken to enable the product to be shipped.

When shipping products whose highest field strength is equal to or greater than 0.418 A/m, as determined at a distance of 2.1 m from the product, you have a duty to notify the relevant authorities and appropriately label the product.

When shipping products whose highest field strength is less than 0.418 A/m, as determined at a distance of 2.1 m from the product, you do not have to notify the relevant authorities and you do not have to label the product.



To achieve mutual optimal weakening of the magnetic fields (magnetic interference fields) the original and individual packaging of two secondary sections must always be stacked on one another in pairs, alternating according to the following diagram. In each case, edge A-B of the lower individual package must be placed on the edge C-D of the upper individual package.

Figure 5-1 Packing for secondary sections and correct stacking

The precondition for correctly stacking two secondary sections is an offset within a secondary section pair of less than 1 cm, which must be guaranteed for the complete duration of the air transport. To achieve this, fix the original individual packaging, e.g. using adhesive packaging tape. When required, use transparent adhesive packaging tape in order not to cover any safety instructions.

If the individual packages with the secondary sections are not stacked pairwise alternating on top of one another, the magnetic fields strengthen one another. If the offset within a secondary section pair is larger than 1 cm during the complete duration of the air transport, then the magnetic fields also strengthen one another.

In bulk packaging, secondary section pairs (each pair stacked alternating, according to the diagram "Packaging for secondary sections and correct stacking") can be arranged as required.



Table 5- 6 Packaging specifications for 1FN3xxx-xSxxx-xxxx secondary sections

Not subject to notification and labeling requirements

Subject to notification and labeling requirements

Subject to authorization

A single secondary section is packaged in its original individual packaging

X

Two secondary sections each are packaged in the original individual packaging and correctly stacked in pairs

X 2)

Secondary sections are packaged in the original individual packaging and cab e arbitrarily arranged

X 1)

1) If the secondary section is also packed in a ferromagnetic sheet metal case in addition to the original individual packaging, e.g. manufactured out of iron with a thickness of greater than 0.5 mm, then when shipping, you only have to notify the relevant authorities and attach appropriate labels.

2) If an offset within a secondary section pair of less than 1 cm cannot be guaranteed for the duration of the complete air transport, then for transportation you have to notify the relevant authorities and attach appropriate labels.

Example 1

Original individual packages with secondary section pairs with the Article number 1FN3xxx-xSxxx-xxxx are correctly stacked in new packaging (bulk packaging). The shipment is not subject to notification and labeling requirements

Example 2

A maximum of one additional original individual packaging with one secondary section may be added to the new (bulk) packaging from example 1. This individual secondary section can be arbitrarily aligned, a sheet metal case to provide additional shielding is not required. The shipment of the complete new package is then subject to notification and labeling requirements.


Mechanical installation 6 6.1 Safety instructions for mechanical installation

WARNING


Severe injury and material damage can result if you do not take into consideration the safety instructions relating to the permanent magnet fields of the secondary sections. • Carefully observe the information in Chapter "Risks due to strong magnetic fields

(Page 26)".

Mechanical installation 6.1 Safety instructions for mechanical installation



WARNING




Close to the secondary section, the forces of attraction can be several kN – example: Magnetic attractive forces are equivalent to a force of 100 kg, which is sufficient to trap a body part. • Do not underestimate the strength of the forces of attraction, and work very carefully. • Wear safety gloves. • The work should be done by at least two people. • Only remove the secondary section after the packaging immediately before installation,







WARNING


There is a risk of electric shock when installing. • Only carry out work on the motor when it is in a no current and no voltage condition.

Mechanical installation 6.1 Safety instructions for mechanical installation


WARNING

Danger as a result of sharp edges

Sharp edges can cause cuts. • When working at the motor, always wear safety gloves.

WARNING

Danger as a result of falling objects

Falling objects can injure feet. • Always wear safety shoes.

WARNING

Electric shock caused by defective cables

Defective connecting cables can cause an electric shock and/or material damage, e.g. by fire. • When installing the motor, make sure that the connecting cables

– are not damaged, – are not under tension, – do not come into contact with moving parts

• Note the permissible bending radii according to the data in the catalog • Do not hold a motor by its cables. • Do not pull the motor cables.


WARNING



Mechanical installation 6.2 Mechanical design


6.2 Mechanical design

Typical installation situation of a linear motor Linear motors are built-in motors. The following figure shows a typical installation situation.

Figure 6-1 Typical installation situation of a single-sided motor with moving primary section

Attraction force The attraction force between the primary section and the secondary section track can be several 10 kN. You can find more details on this attraction force FA in the motor data sheet.

Note

The mechanical construction must be suitably stiff so that the functionality of the installed motor is not impaired and to avoid direct contact between the primary section and the secondary section.

As the air gap decreases, the forces of attraction between the primary section and the secondary section track increase strongly!

Mechanical installation 6.3 General procedure


6.3 General procedure

Installing a linear motor is subdivided into the following steps:

1. Check the installation dimension before installing motors

2. Clean the mounting surfaces for motor parts and the machine

3. Installing primary sections, secondary sections and components

4. Checking the motor installation

6.4 Installation dimensions

Installation dimensions for the motor installation The following figure shows the installation dimensions for the motor installation. The associated values are specified in the following table. In addition, the rated air gap – the geometric distance between primary section and secondary section track – with or without secondary section cover is specified in this table.

Figure 6-2 Installation dimensions for the motor installation

Mechanical installation 6.4 Installation dimensions


Peak load motor: Installation dimensions

Table 6- 1 Dimensions for the air gap and installation dimensions for installing the motor, according to the figure above

Rated air gap with second-ary section cover

Rated air gap without sec-ondary section cover

Installation dimension with precision cooler and with second-ary section cooler

Installation dimension with precision cooler and without sec-ondary sec-tion cooler

Installation dimension without preci-sion cooler and without secondary section cooler

Installation dimension without preci-sion cooler and with secondary section cooler

Tolerance of the installa-tion di-mensions

1FN3..-xW [mm]

[mm]

h M1 [mm]

h M2 [mm]

h M3 [mm]

h M4 [mm]

[mm]

1FN3050 1FN3100

0.9 1.3 63.4 60.4 48.5 51.1 +0.3

1FN3150 0.9 1.3 65.4 62.4 50.5 53.5 +0.3 1FN3300 0.9 1.3 79.0 76.0 64.1 67.1 +0.3 1FN3450 0.9 1.3 81.0 78.0 66.1 69.1 +0.3 1FN3600 0.9 1.3 86.0 -- -- 74.1 +0.3 1FN3900 0.9 1.3 88.0 -- -- 76.1 +0.3

Continuous load motor: Installation dimensions

Table 6- 2 Dimensions for the air gap and installation dimensions for installing the motor, according to figure above

Rated air gap with second-ary section cover

Rated air gap without sec-ondary section cover

Installation dimension with precision cooler and with second-ary section cooler

Installation dimension with precision cooler and without sec-ondary sec-tion cooler

Installation dimension without pre-cision cooler and without secondary section cool-er

Installation dimension without preci-sion cooler and with sec-ondary sec-tion cooler

Toler-ance of the in-stallation dimen-sions

1FN3..-xN [mm]

[mm]

h M1 [mm]

h M2 [mm]

h M3 [mm]

h M4 [mm]

[mm]

1FN3050 1FN3100

0.9 1.3 74.3 71.3 59.4 62.4 +0.3

1FN3150 0.9 1.3 76.3 73.3 61.4 64.4 +0.3 1FN3300 0.9 1.3 92.9 89.9 78 81 +0.3 1FN3450 0.9 1.3 94.9 91.9 80 83 +0.3 1FN3600 0.9 1.3 99.9 -- -- 88 +0.3 1FN3900 0.9 1.3 101.9 -- -- 90 +0.3

Mechanical installation 6.5 Checking the mounting dimensions


6.5 Checking the mounting dimensions

Basics The installation dimension and not the measurable air gap is decisive for maintaining the electrical and system-related properties of the motor. The installation dimension must remain within the specified tolerances over the complete traversing distance.

Check For example, spacer foils can be used to roughly check the installation dimension before installing the motor. This spacer foil must be able to freely move over the complete air gap, and must never jam. The following foil thicknesses are required for the linear motor: Foil thickness Secondary section version 0.5 mm With cover sheet 1.0 mm Without cover sheet

Recommended manufacturers Recommended manufacturers of spacer foils are listed in the Appendix.

For example, spacer foils "PA-6, natur" from Sahlberg GmbH & Co,KG (see recommended manufacturers) are suitable for checking the air gap.

Order data: Foil thickness Article No. of the "PA-6, natur" foil 0.5 mm 412401 1.0 mm 412402

6.6 Air gap An air gap that is less than the rated air gap increases the risk of motor failure, and is therefore not recommended. Reducing the installation dimension increases the risk that particles of dirt will accumulate and block-up the air gap.

Mechanical installation 6.7 Procedure when installing the motor


6.7 Procedure when installing the motor

General procedures There are three different procedures for installing a linear motor in a machine:

● Assembly with divided secondary section track

● Assembly through the insertion of the slide

● Assembly through the mounting of the motor components

Motor assembly with divided secondary section track The easiest way is to install the motor is with a divided secondary section track. The prerequisite is that the entire secondary section track can be divided into two sections, of which each has at least the length of the slide.

Procedure

1. Install the slide including the linear guide and the primary section

2. Move the slides to one side and install the secondary section on the other side. Align the secondary section track and tighten the fastening screws as per the specifications

WARNING

Risk of crushing when moving the primary section onto the secondary section track (step 3)

When moving the primary section onto the secondary section track (Step 3), drawing forces towards the secondary section will occur for a short time. Danger of crushing! • Make sure that your fingers do not reach into the danger zone!



3. Shift the slides over the installed secondary section track. The attraction forces are taken up by the linear guides.

4. Install the remaining secondary section track. Also align the track and tighten the fastening screws as per the specifications.

Motor assembly through the insertion of the slide If the secondary section track cannot be divided into several sections – e.g. because the total length of the secondary section track is too short or with a double-sided motor – the moving component of the motor (slide) can be inserted in the stationary housing with the already installed motor components, see following figure. Normally, a special engaging device is used for this.

Figure 6-3 Insertion of the secondary section with a double-sided motor



WARNING

Risk of crushing as result of pulling forces

In this procedure, pulling forces towards the stationary motor component occur, resulting in a risk of crushing! • Ensure that the guide engages before the slide plate is inserted in the magnetically

active section. • Before inserting ferromagnetic components of the linear motor into the active zone of

the stationary motor component, remember that guiding or supporting elements (motor bearing) must already be effective!

Motor assembly through the mounting of the motor components The third technique is complex, and should only be used if other installation techniques are not possible. This is for example required, if the secondary section track is shorter than twice the length of the primary section. The primary section together with the slides cannot be shifted to the side far enough so that all of the secondary sections can be easily screwed into place.

For this installation technique, a non-magnetic foil is placed between the primary section and secondary section track. This foil prevents the motor from being firmly attracted to the secondary section when touching down, meaning it can no longer be moved.

WARNING

High forces of attraction when the placing the primary section onto the secondary section

When the primary section is being mounted, high attraction forces (up to 40 kN) act in the direction of the secondary section track. There is a risk of crushing! • For this type of installation, an assembly is required that allows the primary section to be

lowered in a controlled fashion. • The stiffness of the screw-on plate and the length of the fastening screws must be

selected in such a way that the primary section can be lifted after touching down. • The high forces of attraction must be taken into account when dimensioning the screws

and they must have sufficient reserve.



Procedure

1. Installing the secondary section track

The secondary section track is installed as described in Chapter "Installing the secondary sections".

2. Placing the primary section onto the secondary section track using an extraction plate.

WARNING

Danger of crushing when mounting the primary section on the secondary section!

Placing the primary section on the secondary section the risk of crushing must be carefully observed as a result of the high forces of attraction. • Never place the primary section directly onto the secondary section. • Always place a distance foil manufactured out of non magnetizable material between

the primary section and secondary section.

Figure 6-4 Extractor

The primary section is mounted onto an extractor. The mounting holes provided in the factory can be used. The jack screws must be screwed in so that they protrude evenly from the extractor, and together with the non magnetic thrust bearing blocks, ensure a minimum



clearance of 20 mm. A spacer foil is place between the primary section and secondary section track, which must be thinner than the required air gap. Otherwise, after installation has been completed, it will not be able to be easily removed (without exerting force). The assembly must guarantee that the primary section can be lowered onto the secondary section track (covered with the spacer foil) in a controlled fashion. Further, it must be lowered in parallel with the secondary section track and centered.

By screwing back the jack screws in steps, the primary section is lowered onto the secondary section track, in parallel and centered with it. The extractor is then completely removed from the primary section.

3. Installing the primary section at the slides The slides are attached to the guides and moved over the primary section. When doing this, the mounting holes of the primary section and slide must be fully aligned. The mounting screws are initially screwed through the slides into the primary section and tightened by hand. By uniformly tightening the mounting screws, alternating, the primary section is lifted from the secondary section track until the specified air gap is reached. The spacer foil is then removed from the air gap without applying any force.

Mechanical installation 6.8 Mounting system


6.8 Mounting system

General rules The following must be observed when mounting the motor components (primary and secondary section) to the actual machine assembly:

● Use screws of property class 10.9

● Use only new, unused screws

● The mounting surfaces must be free from oil and grease and must not be painted

● Optimum surface roughness depth of the mounting surface (Rz value = 10 to 40 μm)

● Minimize the number of joints to keep the intrusion of the screws into the material low (settling effect)

● Do not exceed the maximum screw-in depth on the primary section

● The screws are best tightened with a controlled torque using a calibrated torque wrench with as short a bit as possible. The torque is according to the generally valid values in the table (see the table below).

● Tighten the screws gradually

● Select a long clamping length lk for securing the screws, if possible lk/d > 5;

● Alternatively: Secure the screws to prevent them from coming loose (e.g. with Loctite 242)

Tightening torques for screws of property class 10.9

Applicable for screws of property class 10.9 Friction value μtot = 0.1

M5 M6 M8 7.6 Nm 13.2 Nm 31.8 Nm

Screw-in depth in the primary section The machine builder must select the length of the mounting screws (taking into account all of the component tolerances) so that the following conditions are simultaneously satisfied:

● The minimum screw-in depth of the mounting screws (1.1 × d) must not be fallen below (to ensure that the screws do not get torn out)

● The maximum screw-in depth of the mounting screws must not be exceeded (to ensure that the screws do not come into contact with the base of the threaded hole).

For selecting the screw length, the machine manufacturer has a good range (see drawings). The good range depends on the primary section type (peak or continuous load motor), the width and whether a precision cooler is used.

Mechanical installation 6.8 Mounting system


Continuous load motor

Figure 6-5 Screw-in depth of the primary section DLM

Peak load motor

Figure 6-6 Screw-in depth of the primary section SLM

Mechanical installation 6.9 Cooling connection


Screw-in depth in the secondary section

Minimum screw-in depth

The minimum screw-in depth ensures that the mounting screws cannot be torn out. The following table is applicable for screws of property class 10.9. The screw-in depths for the most commonly used materials for a machine bed are listed. For different materials, the screw-in depth must be determined according to VDI Directive 2230.

Material EN GJL-250 EN GJL-300 EN GJS-600-3 G-ALZN10Si8Mg St 37 St 50

Screw-in depth 1.4 • d 1.3 • d 0.7 • d 2.8 • d 1.8 • d 1.3 • d

Maximum screw-in depth

The maximum screw-in depth is specified by the threaded holes in the customers machine bed.

6.9 Cooling connection

Connection system Please note the following for the connection of the cooling system:

● All connections should be flexible (hoses)

● All material used must be resistant to the local environmental conditions

● All materials must be compatible

● Manufacturer's information regarding mounting are to be observed



6.9.1 Primary section cooling connection

Preconditions for the connection All cooling connections of the primary section main cooler and primary section precision cooler have a G1/8 cylindrical pipe thread according to DIN ISO 228-1. Suitable connectors are required for connecting the hoses.

NOTICE

Never use any used connection parts and components

Faulty and used connection parts and components can result in pressure losses and leaks. • Use only new, unused connection parts and components • Check the compatibility of the materials of the connection parts and components and

seals with respect to one another and the coolant used.

Properties and attributes of the sealants used:

● Viton: resistant to temperature and glycol

● Perbunan: up to water temperatures of 80 °C

● Ethylene-propylene: resistant to temperature and glycol

Note Recommended manufacturers

Manufacturers of connection parts and components for cooling 1FN3 motors are recommended in the Appendix.

Installing The connection parts and components can generally be installed using standard tools.



Recess at the machine slides If the connection assembly of the primary section in the traversing direction protrudes over the primary section, then when using the connection parts and components, a recess must be machined at the machine slides above the cooling connections, see the example in the following diagram.

Figure 6-7 Example of a cooling connection with recess at the machine slides

6.9.2 Secondary section cooling connection

Connection options For 1FN3 motors, secondary section end pieces can be used for the intake and return lines of the secondary section cooling system. As an alternative, if the continuous secondary section cover band is not used, the plastic hoses can be connected directly to the cooling sections using hose connector nipples.

Properties of the plastic hose The plastic hoses must be resistant to the cooling medium, flexible and abrasion resistant.




Recommended manufacturers of plastic hoses are listed in the Appendix.

Connection via secondary section end pieces To connect plastic hoses to secondary section end pieces, screwed connectors with screwed nipples and reinforcing sleeves can be used. However, the plastic hoses can also be attached with hose clamps over the hose connector nipples.

For this connection, be sure to note the maximum outer diameter (12 mm) and the maximum square span (width across flats 10) of the screwed joint or the screwed nipple: If larger screw joints or screwed nipples are used, the connection point of the secondary section must be fitted with corresponding cutouts.

Screwed nipples can be sealed to the end piece by using an axial-acting O-ring, a sealing ring or a thread sealer. It is recommended to use conical nipples.


Recommended manufacturers of screwed connections with nipples and reinforcing sleeves are listed in the Appendix.

Position of the connections for secondary section end pieces

G 1/8 threaded connectors are used to connect the secondary section cooling system. These are located on the front faces of the secondary section end pieces.

For models with combi distributors, the intake is located on one side of the secondary section track and the runback on the opposite side, see also the following figure.

Figure 6-8 Position of the connection elements of the secondary section cooling system with combi

distributor (face view)

For models with combi adapter / combi end piece, the cooling medium intake and runback are located on the combi adapter, see following figure.



Figure 6-9 Position of the connection elements of the secondary section cooling system with combi

adapter (face view)

Table 6- 3 Connector dimensions of the secondary section cooling system with combi adapter (available only for 1FN3050…450)

Motor type bKP3 [mm] 1FN3050 40 1FN3100 40 1FN3150 100 1FN3300 50 1FN3450 100

Direct connection To connect plastic hoses directly, cooling sections with hose connector nipples can be ordered from Siemens. The inside diameter of the hose should be 5 mm. Hose and hose connector nipple are connected with a hose clamp.


Electrical connection 7 7.1 Safety notes for electrical connections

NOTICE

Destruction of the motor if it is directly connected to the three-phase line supply

The motor will be destroyed if it is directly connected to the three-phase line supply. • Only operate the motors with the appropriately configured converters.

WARNING

Risk of electric shock due to incorrect connection

If you incorrectly connect the motor this can result in death, serious injury, or extensive material damage. The motors require an impressed sinusoidal current. • Connect the motor in accordance with the circuit diagram provided in this

documentation. • Refer also to the documentation for the drive system used.

Electrical connection 7.2 System integration



WARNING



WARNING

Electric shock caused by high leakage currents

When touching conductive parts of the machine, high leakage currents can result in an electric shock. • For high leakage currents, observe the increased requirements placed on the protective

conductor. The requirements are laid down in standards DIN EN 61800-5-1 and DIN EN 60204-1.

• For high leakage currents, attach warning symbols to Power Drive System .

WARNING

Risk of electric shock as a result of residual voltages

There is a risk of electric shock if hazardous residual voltages are present at the motor connections. Even after switching off the power supply, active motor parts can have a charge exceeding 60 μC. In addition, even after withdrawing the connector 1 s after switching off the voltage, more than 60 V can be present at the free cable ends. • Wait for the discharge time to elapse.



7.2 System integration

7.2.1 SINAMICS drive system

Components The drive system that feeds a motor comprises an infeed module, a power module and a control module. For the SINAMICS S120 drive system, these modules are called "Line Modules", "Motor Modules" and "Control Units". Line Modules can be regulated with feedback (ALM, Active Line Module), unregulated with feedback (SLM, Smart Line Module), or unregulated without feedback (BLM, Basic Line Module).

To operate several motors simultaneously on a single drive system, either one Motor Module per motor or one Motor Module for several motors can be provided, depending on the application. The appropriate choice of Line Module is primarily determined by the power consumption of the motors used. Other important related factors are the line voltage, regenerative feedback, and the DC-link voltage.

Operation of the linear motors with SINAMICS The linear motors can be operated on the SINAMICS S120 (booksize and blocksize formats) drive system. The following conditions apply:

● The selection of the power module depends on the rated current or the maximum motor current

● The linear motors are to be configured as feed drives

● The position measuring system depends on the application

Note

Read the corresponding documentation about open-loop and closed-loop control systems.

Permissible voltages The following table shows the permissible line voltages of TN line supply systems for the motors.

Table 7- 1 Permissible line voltages of TN line supply systems, resulting DC link voltages and con-verter output voltages

Permissible line supply voltage

Resulting DC link voltage UDC Converter output voltage (rms value) Ua max

400 V 600 V (controlled) 528 V (uncontrolled)

425 V (controlled) 380 V (uncontrolled)

480 V 634 V (uncontrolled) 460 V (uncontrolled)



In combination with the drive system SINAMICS S120, the motors are generally approved for operation on TN and TT networks with grounded neutral and for IT networks. When operated on IT line systems, a protective device should be provided that switches off the drive system in the case of a ground fault.

In operation with a grounded external conductor, an isolating transformer with grounded neutral (secondary side) must be connected between the supply and the drive system to protect the motor insulation from excessive stress.

7.2.2 Connection schematic with Sensor Module External SME 12x

Connection schematic with Sensor Module External SME 12x The following diagrams schematically show the electrical connection at the SINAMICS S120 with prefabricated cables from the MOTION-CONNECT® series

Figure 7-1 Connection version with separate signal and power cable

Figure 7-2 Connection version with combined signal and power cable (only for peak power motors)



7.2.3 Connection schematic with Terminal Module TM120

Connection schematic with Terminal Module TM20 The following diagrams schematically show the electrical connection at the SINAMICS S120 with prefabricated cables from the MOTION-CONNECT® series

Figure 7-3 Connection version with SMC20

Figure 7-4 Connection version with with DRIVECLiQ encoder



7.2.4 Max. permissible SINAMICS cable lengths

Maximum permissible cable lengths The maximum permissible cable lengths depend, among other things, on the rated current and the size of the drive system. You can find details on the maximum lengths in the SIEMENS NC 61 (SINUMERIK & SINAMICS Equipment for Machine Tools) and PM 21 (SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120, and Motors for Production Machines) catalogs.

The figure below shows the maximum lengths for a circuit design with a shielded power cable and for the SINAMICS S120 drive system in booksize format.

Figure 7-5 Maximum permissible cable lengths (shielded and drive system in booksize format)

7.2.5 Advantages of prefabricated cables

Advantages of pre-assembled cables Pre-assembled cables provide safety, perfect function and often cost advantages compared with self-assembled cables. Technical data for MOTION-CONNECT® signal lines (such as core cross-section, external diameter, maximum current load) is listed in the catalog.



7.2.6 Safety information on the HFD reactor

NOTICE

Damaged main insulation

In systems where direct drives are used on controlled infeeds, electrical oscillations can occur with respect to ground potential. These oscillations are, among other things, influenced by: • The lengths of the cables • The rating of the infeed/regenerative feedback module • The type of infeed/regenerative feedback module (particularly when an HFD

commutating reactor is already present) • The number of axes • The size of the motor • The winding design of the motor • The type of line supply • The place of installation

The oscillations lead to increased voltage loads and may damage the main insulation! • To dampen the oscillations we recommend the use of the associated Active Interface

Module or an HFD reactor with damping resistor. For specific details, refer to the documentation of the drive system being used or contact your local Siemens office.

7.2.7 Note regarding Active Line Modules

Note

The corresponding Active Interface Module or the appropriate HFD line reactor must be used to operate the Active Line Module controlled infeed unit.

Electrical connection 7.3 Electrical connections at the motor


7.3 Electrical connections at the motor

7.3.1 Power connection

Internal wiring of the primary section The following figure shows the internal wiring of the primary section.

Figure 7-6 Internal wiring of the primary section

Variant with one common connection cable (as standard only for peak load motors) As standard, this connection variant is only intended for the peak load motor. If required, it can be retrofitted for the continuous load motor. Here, 4 power conductors (3 phase and PE) and 2x2 conductors for the temperature sensors are connected directly to the integrated terminal panel. Angular ring cable lugs are used at the ends of the cables.

Conductor assignment of a prefabricated cable to be connected at the motor is shown in the following diagram.

Figure 7-7 Conductor assignment with one connection cable to the motor



Figure 7-8 Pin assignment of a connection cable

The cables must be connected to the motor with EMC-compliant, metal PG screwed cable glands. This allows cable connections with low bending radii in all directions.

Prefabricated adapter cables 6FX7002-5LMx0 with straight heavy-gauge threaded joint and connector are available for the "Motion-Connect" connection system, but also direct cables 6FX7002-5LMx5 without connector. These cables allow quick connection to the motor using angular ring cable lugs and heavy-gauge threaded joints with an integrated EMC-compliant shield. Article numbers can be found in the catalog or on the Internet at https://eb.automation.siemens.com using the search term "Motion-Connect".

https://eb.automation.siemens.com



Variant with two isolated connection cables (as standard for peak load and continuous load motor) This connection method can be used for both motor types and consists of 4 power conductors (3 phase and PE) and 2x2 conductors for the temperature sensors, which are connected to the terminal panel in separate cables. The cables are routed into the terminal panel using two metric screwed cable glands.

Figure 7-9 Conductor assignment with two connection cables to the motor

Figure 7-10 Pin assignment of the signal connection cable



Figure 7-11 Pin assignment of the power connection cable

1FN3050

1FN3050 motors are delivered with two permanently connected cables for power and signals. There is a choice of 0.5 m length and prefabricated connectors (size 1 or M17) or 2 m length and open ends.

1FN3100 - 1FN3900

On the motors 1FN3100 - 1FN3900 the isolated power supply and signal cables are connected directly to the integrated terminal panel via a connection cover with metric screw connections.

A combined cable variant is also available for the peak load motors in this range. This is connected to the terminal panel via a connection cover with heavy-gauge threaded joint.

The electrical connection to a sensor module (e.g. SME12x) is easier and the use of a terminal strip can be avoided by separating the power and signal cables.



Signal connection Only fully-threaded plug connectors can be used to connect signals. SPEED CONNECT connections are not compatible.

Power connection Only cable connections with full thread connectors are used at the motor. This is the reason that cable extensions, for example, to the converter or to the SME12x, must also have a full thread connectors.

It is not possible to connect a SPEED CONNECT female connector to a full thread male connector.

When connecting PELV cables with open cable ends, electrical separation specifications (according to EN 61800-5-1) must be taken into account.

Number of conductors and cable cross-sections Cables that are connected to the motor must have four conductors for the power cable / four conductors for the signal cable. The cross-section for each of the signal cable conductors is 0.5 mm2. The cross-section of the power cable conductors is based on the rated current of the motor. The rated current of the motor must be less than the current carrying capacity of the cable according to DIN EN 60204-1 (laying system C). The table below specifies the maximum permissible rated current of the motor for different cross-sections of the power cable conductors.

Table 7- 2 Maximum permissible rated current with different cross-sections of the power cable con-ductors

Power cable conductor cross-section

2.5 mm2 4 mm2 6 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2 25 mm2

Maximum permissible rated current

21 A 28 A 36 A 50 A 66 A 84 A

Note Connection of large cable cross-sections

Connecting cables with conductors of more than 16 mm2 is not possible at the motor terminal panel. If the rated current of a motor requires power conductors with a cross-section of 25 mm2, please contact your local Siemens office.



7.3.2 Terminal panel

Terminal panel Once a primary section has been installed it is possible that it is difficult to reach the terminal panel. It is therefore recommended to premount the primary section with an open end cable and to run this cable to an easier accessible terminal. Instead of establishing a connection to a terminal, a cable with connector can be connected to the connection frame.

Note Preassemble the cables before installing

Install the cables in the connection frame before the primary section is installed in the machine. When installed, it is possible that the connection frame is very difficult to access.

The following figures show the terminal assignment of the terminal panel for various peak load motor types. The terminal panel of peak load and continuous load motors is identical. The only difference is that the dimensions of the casing are larger on the continuous load motor. However, this is of no significance for the electrical connection.

With the EN 60034-8:2002 standard the terminal markings have changed. For the old terminal markings, see Appendix.

Figure 7-12 Terminal panel for the motors 1FN3100 to 1FN3150



Figure 7-13 Terminal panel for the motors 1FN3300 to 1FN3900



Connection cover The terminal panel is sealed with degree of protection IP65 using a cover with connection thread. The following figure shows the different connection cover versions and their potential applications.

Figure 7-14 Connection cover variants

Electrical connection 7.4 Connecting the temperature monitoring circuit


The supplied screws and the tightening torques are listed in following table.

Table 7- 3 Connection cover screws supplied and tightening torques

Motor type 1FN3... Screw compliant with DIN EN ISO 4762

Tightening torque

100, 150 M4x20–A2 2.2 Nm 300, 450, 600, 900 M5x20–A4 3.4 Nm

Disassembly of the connection cover

Note The seal can be damaged during disassembly of the connection cover!

When unscrewing the connection cover, take care that the seal stays completely in the groove in the connection cover! If necessary, carefully loosen the seal from the motor and push it back into the groove in the connection cover.

7.4 Connecting the temperature monitoring circuit

7.4.1 Sensor Module External SME 12x

Connection of the temperature sensors via SME12x Temperature sensors are connected to the SME12x via connectors. The temperature sensor signals are transmitted to the drive system, along with the encoder signals, via a DRIVE-CLiQ connection. The SME12x is intended to be installed close to the motor, outside the electoral cabinet.



Note Further information

For additional information about the Sensor Module External 12x (SME12x), see the Equipment Manual "SINAMICS S120 Control Units and Additional System Components". You can obtain the equipment manual from your local Siemens office or download it from the Internet.

Pin assignment of the temperature sensor – SME interface

Figure 7-15 Pole layout of the temperature sensor – SME interface



Table 7- 4 Pole layout of the temperature sensor – SME interface

Conductor assignment for cable 6FX7002-2SL00-...

Pin Sensor contact

white 1 -1R2: KTY- brown 2 +1R1: KTY+ green 3 1TP1: PTC yellow 4 1TP2: PTC gray 5 pink 6 green/yellow PE

Note

Signal connector with Article No. 6FX2003-0SU07 is required to connect the motor to the SME.

7.4.2 Terminal Module TM120

Description Terminal Module TM120 is a DRIVE-CLiQ component for temperature evaluation with protective separation. The TM120 is installed in an electrical cabinet, and can be snapped onto mounting rails.

It can sense the motor temperature via 4 channels using different temperature sensors. Encoders are evaluated using Sensor Modules (e.g. SMCxx, SMExx) (see Chapter "System integration (Page 143)"). The Sensor Module is not required when using DRIVE-CLiQ encoders.

You can find additional information about the TM120 in the Internet at the link: http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/llisapi.dll?func=cslib.csinfo&objId=46373825&nodeid0=37217116&load=content&lang=de&siteid=csius&aktprim=0&objaction=csview&extranet=standard&viewreg=WW

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/llisapi.dll?func=cslib.csinfo&objId=46373825&no

Electrical connection 7.5 Cable routing


Connections

7.5 Cable routing

7.5.1 Notes for routing electric cables

General notes for routing electric cables Drives with linear motors are subject to a high dynamic load. It must be ensured that vibration is not transferred to the connectors by suitably routing the cables or by providing strain relief close to the connector (distance < 10 Dmax). Dmax is the maximum cable diameter (see Catalog).

Electrical connection 7.5 Cable routing


When routing electrical cables, observe the following:

● The cables must fulfill the following requirements:

– Sufficiently high dynamic-mechanical strength (to withstand high acceleration rates and velocities)

– Thermal stability up to 80 °C (static) or 60 °C (dynamic)

The recommended MOTION-CONNECT® cables fulfill these requirements.

● The cables may not chafe anywhere

● The permissible bending radii must be adhered to.

7.5.2 Notes on cable properties The cables must be appropriately selected corresponding to the mechanical forces caused by high rates of acceleration and speeds. Further, they must be suitable for the bending stresses that occur.

Note

Also observe the information in the catalog

Using the cables in the cable carrier

Note

When laying cables, carefully observe the instructions given by the cable carrier manufacturer!

To maximize the service life of the cable carrier and cables, cables in the carrier made from different materials must be installed in the cable carrier with spacers.

The chambers must be filled evenly to ensure that the position of the cables does not change during operation. The cables should be distributed as symmetrically as possible according to their mass and dimensions.

If possible, use only cables with equal diameters in one chamber. Cables with very different outer diameters should be separated by spacers.

The cables must not be fixed in the carrier and must have room to move. It must be possible to move the cables without applying force, in particular in the bending radii of the carrier.

The specified bending radii must be adhered to. The cable fixings must be attached at both ends at an appropriate distance away from the end points of the moving parts in a dead zone.

A tension relief must be installed at least at the ends of the cable carrier. Be sure to mount the cables along the casing without crushing them.

The cables are to be taken off the drum free of twists, i.e. roll the cables off the drum instead of taking them off in loops from the drum flange.

Electrical connection 7.6 Shielding, grounding, and equipotential bonding


7.6 Shielding, grounding, and equipotential bonding

Important notes regarding shielding, grounding and equipotential bonding Correct installation, correctly connecting cable shields and protective conductors is very important, not only for the safety of personnel but also for the effect on interference emission and interference immunity.

WARNING

Risk of electric shock!

Hazardous touch voltages can be present at unused cores and shields if they have not been grounded or insulated. • Connect the cable shields to the respective housings through the largest possible

surface area. Use suitable clips, clamps or screw couplings to do this. • Connect unused conductors of shielded or unshielded cables and their associated

shields to the grounded enclosure potential at one end as minimum. Alternatively: Insulate unused conductors of shielded or unshielded cables and their associated shields. The insulation must be able to withstand the rated voltage.

Further, unshielded or incorrectly shielded cables can lead to faults in the drive – particularly the encoder – or in external devices, for example.

Electrical charges that are the result of capacitive cross coupling are discharged by connecting the cores and shields.

NOTICE

Device damage as a result of leakage currents for incorrectly connected protective conductor

High leakage currents may damage other devices if the motor protective conductor is not directly connected to the power module. • Connect the motor protective conductor (PE) directly at the power unit.

Electrical connection 7.6 Shielding, grounding, and equipotential bonding


NOTICE

Device damage as a result of leakage currents for incorrect shielding

High leakage currents may damage other devices if the motor power cable shield is not directly connected to the power module. • Connect the power cable shield at the shield connection of the power module.

Note

Apply the EMC installation guideline of the converter manufacturer. For Siemens converters, this is available under document order No. 6FC5297-□AD30-0□P□.


Maintenance 8 8.1 Safety instructions for maintenance

WARNING

Risk of injury as a result of inadvertent traversing motion

If, with the motor switched on, you work in the traversing range of the motor, and the motor undesirably moves, this can result in death, injury and/or material damage. • Always switch off the motor before working in the traversing range of the motor. Ensure

that the motor is in a completely no-voltage condition.

WARNING


Severe injury and material damage can result if you do not take into consideration the safety instructions relating to permanent magnet fields. • Carefully observe the information in Chapter "Risks due to strong magnetic fields

(Page 26)".

Maintenance 8.1 Safety instructions for maintenance



WARNING




Close to the secondary section, the forces of attraction can be several kN - example: Magnetic attractive forces are equivalent to a force of 100 kg, which is sufficient to trap a body part. • Do not underestimate the strength of the forces of attraction, and work very carefully. • Wear safety gloves. • The work should be done by at least two people. • Only remove the secondary section after the packaging immediately before installation,







WARNING

Risk of burning when touching hot surfaces

There is a risk of burning when touching hot surfaces immediately after the motor has been operational. • Wait until the motor has cooled down.



WARNING

Risk of electric shock due to incorrect connection

There is a risk of electric shock if direct drives are incorrectly connected. This can result in death, serious injury, or material damage. • Motors must always be precisely connected up as described in these instructions. • Direct connection of the motors to the three-phase supply is not permissible. • Consult the documentation of the drive system being used.


WARNING



WARNING

Risk of electric shock as a result of residual voltages

There is a risk of electric shock if hazardous residual voltages are present at the motor connections. Even after switching off the power supply, active motor parts can have a charge exceeding 60 μC. In addition, even after withdrawing the connector 1 s after switching off the voltage, more than 60 V can be present at the free cable ends. • Wait for the discharge time to elapse.

The motors have been designed for a long service life. Carefully ensure that maintenance work is correctly performed, e.g. removing chips and particles from the air gap.

For safety reasons it is not permissible to repair the motors:



WARNING

Risk of injury when changing safety-relevant motor properties

Changing safety-relevant motor properties may result in death, serious injury and/or material damage.

Examples of changed safety-relevant motor properties:

Damaged insulation does not protect against arcing. There is a risk of electric shock!

Damaged sealing no longer guarantees protection against shock, ingress of foreign bodies and water, which is specified as IP degree of protection on the rating plate.

Diminished heat dissipation can result in the motor being prematurely shut down and in machine downtime. • Do not open the motor.

Note

If incorrect changes or corrective maintenance are carried out by you or a third party on the contractual objects, then for these and the consequential damages, no claims can be made against Siemens regarding personal injury or material damage.

Siemens service centers are available to answer any questions you may have. Siemens Service Center addresses can be found at http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support.

CAUTION

Sharp edges and falling objects

Sharp edges can cause cuts and falling objects can injure feet. • Always wear safety shoes and safety gloves!


Maintenance 8.2 Safety instructions for checking the insulation resistance


8.2 Safety instructions for checking the insulation resistance

Notes for checking the insulation resistance

WARNING


If, at a plant/machine equipped with direct drives or directly at the motors you check the insulation resistance using high-voltage, this can damage the motor insulation! Examples necessitating that the insulation resistance is checked include the installation test, preventive maintenance and troubleshooting. • Only use test equipment that is in compliance with DIN EN 61557-1, DIN EN 61557-2

and DIN EN 61010-1 or the corresponding IEC standards. • The test may only be carried out with a maximum direct voltage of 1000 V for a

maximum time of 60 s! • Measure the test voltage with respect to ground or the motor enclosure. • If a higher DC or AC voltage is necessary to test the machine/plant, you must coordinate

the test with your local Siemens office! • Carefully observe the operating instructions of the test equipment!

Always proceed as follows when testing the insulation resistance of individual motors:

1. Connect all winding and temperature sensor connectors with each other; inspection voltage not to exceed 1000 VDC, 60 s against PE connection.

2. Connect all temperature sensor connectors to the PE connector and all winding connectors with each other; the inspection voltage must not exceed 1000 VDC, 60 s, winding against PE connector.

Each insulation resistance must be at least 10 MΩ, otherwise the motor insulation is defective.

WARNING

Risk of death due to electric shock!

During and immediately after the measurement, in some instances, the terminals are at hazardous voltage levels, which can result in death if touched. • Never touch the terminals during or immediately after measurement.

Maintenance 8.3 Maintenance


8.3 Maintenance

Performing maintenance work on the motor

Note

It is essential that you observe the safety information provided in this documentation.

As a result of their inherent principle of operation, linear motors are always wear-free. To ensure that the motor functions properly and remains free of wear, the following maintenance work needs to be carried out:

● Regularly check that the traversing paths are free

● Regularly clean the motor space and remove foreign bodies (e.g. chips)

● Regularly check the condition of the motor components

● Check the current consumption in the defined test cycle (compare with values of the reference travel)

Intervals between maintenance Since operating conditions differ greatly, it is not possible to specify intervals between maintenance work.

Indications that maintenance work is required ● Dirt in the motor cabinet

● Distinctive changes in the behavior of the machine

● Unusual sounds emitted by the machine

● Problems with positioning accuracy

● Higher current consumption

Test and replacement intervals of the cooling medium The test and replacement intervals for the cooling medium should be agreed with the manufacturers of the anti-corrosion agent and the cooling system.


Technical data and characteristics 9 9.1 Properties

This collection of data provides the motor data required for the engineering and includes a series of additional data for more in-depth calculations within the framework of detailed and problem analyses.

Unless otherwise specified, the following boundary conditions apply here:

● The DC link voltage UDC is 600 V, the converter output voltage is 425 V.

● The motor is water cooled with an intake temperature TINT of 35 °C and the specified flow rate VP,H,MIN.

● Voltages and currents are specified in rms values.

● Installation altitude of the motors up to 2000 m above sea level.

Parameters that are used in the drive system for the control of a drive can differ from the data specified here.

Technical data subject to change.

9.2 Definition of the motor data

Data sheet contents The data contained in the data sheets are explained in the following and divided as follows:

● Supplementary conditions

● Rated data

● Limit data

● Physical constants

● Primary section main cooler data

● Primary section precision cooler data

● Secondary section cooling data

Technical data and characteristics 9.2 Definition of the motor data


Supplementary conditions UDC DC link voltage of the converter

Comment: Ua max is the maximum permissible converter output voltage TVORL Maximum intake temperature of the water cooling if the motor is to be utilized to its rated force FN. TN Rated temperature

Comment: The rated motor winding temperature corresponds to the shutdown temperature of the temperature monitoring circuit Temp-S.

Rating (S1 operation) FN Rated motor force IN Rated motor current at rated force FN vMAX, FN Maximum velocity up to which the motor can deliver the rated force FN PV,N Motor power loss at the rated operating point (FN,vMAX,FN) at the rated temperature TN. Losses due to

friction and eddy currents are ignored. Comment: The power loss is calculated using PV = 3·RSTR(T)·I2. Correspondingly, PV,N is calculated using PV,N = 3·RSTR(TN)·IN2.

Limit data FMAX Maximum motor force (according to data sheet) FL,MAX Maximum force of the load cycle that the motor must supply IMAX Maximum motor current at maximum force FMAX vMAX,FMAX Maximum velocity up to which the motor can deliver the maximum force FMAX PEL,MAX Electric power drawn by the motor at point (FMAX,vMAX,FMAX) at rated temperature TN. Losses due to

friction and eddy currents are ignored. Comment: The sum of the output mechanical power PMECH and power loss PV is the electric power drawn by the motor PEL: PEL = PMECH + PV = F·v + 3·RSTR(T)·I2 PEL,MAX can be correspondingly calculated: PEL,MAX = PMECH,MAX + PV,MAX = FMAX·vMAX,FMAX + 3·RSTR(T)·IMAX2

F0* Stall force: Motor force that can be continually achieved at standstill Comment: F0* can be approximately calculated from the rated forceFN, while neglecting the influence of motor saturation:

I0* Stall current of the motor at stall force F0* Comment: I0* can be calculated from the rated current IN:



Physical constants kF,20 Force constant of the motor with a rated air gap and a secondary section temperature of 20 °C.

Comment: The force constant refers to the linear (lower) section of the motor force-current characteristic.

kE Voltage constant for calculating the mutually induced voltage between the phase and the star point with a rated air gap.

kM,20 Motor constant at a winding temperature of 20 °C. Comment: The motor constant kM can be calculated for other temperatures: kM(T) = kM,20[1 + α(T - 20 °C)] using the temperature coefficients α = 0.001 1/K for the magnets used.

RSTR,20 Line resistance of the winding at a winding temperature of 20 °C. Comment: The phase resistance RSTR can be calculated for other temperatures: RSTR(T) = RSTR,20[1 + α(T - 20 °C)] using the temperature coefficientα = 0.00393 1/K for copper.

LSTR Phase inductance of the winding with a rated air gap. FA Attraction force between the primary section and the secondary section with a rated air gap. tTH Thermal time constant of the motor winding

Comment: The thermal time constant is obtained from the temperature characteristic in the motor winding for a sudden (step-like) load with constant current at time t=0, see the following diagram. After time tTH has elapsed, the motor winding reaches approx. 63 % of its final temperature TGRENZ, if the temperature protection does not respond beforehand.

Figure 9-1 Definition of the thermal time constant

τM Pole width of the motor, corresponds to the distance between the respective centers of the north and

south poles of neighboring magnets on a secondary section. mP Mass of the primary section without precision cooler, mounting screws, plugs, connection cables and

cooling medium. mP,P Mass of the primary section with precision cooler, but without mounting screws, plugs, connection

cables and cooling medium. mS Mass of a secondary section without mounting screws, cover and optional heatsink profiles mS,P Mass of a secondary section with heatsink profiles, but without mounting screws, cover and cooling

medium



Primary section main cooler data QP,H,MAX Maximum heat output dissipated through the main cooler when utilizing rated force FN and at the rated

temperature TN VP,H,MIN Recommended minimum flow rate through the main cooler to achieve the rated force FN ΔTP,H Temperature increase of the cooling medium between the intake and return lines of the main cooler at

the operating point (QP,H,MAX,V P,H,MIN) ΔpP,H Pressure drop of the cooling medium between the intake and return lines of the main cooler with flow

rate V P,H,MIN.

Primary section precision cooler data QP,P,MAX Maximum heat output dissipated through the primary section precision cooler when utilizing rated

force FN and at the rated temperature TN VP,P,MIN Recommended minimum flow rate in the primary section precision cooler so that the maximum sur-

face temperature is TVORL + 4 K ΔpP,P Pressure drop of the cooling medium between the intake and return lines of the primary section preci-

sion cooler for flow rate V P,P,MIN

Secondary section cooling data QS,MAX Maximum heat dissipated through the secondary section cooling system when utilizing rated force FN

and at rated temperature TN. VS,MIN Recommended minimum flow rate in the secondary section cooling system. ΔpS Pressure drop of the cooling medium between the intake and return lines of the secondary section

cooling for flow rate VS,MIN and a reference length of one meter ΔpKS Pressure drop of the cooling medium at a coupling point of the secondary section cooling system.

Note: For the term "coupling point", see following figure.

Figure 9-2 Components of the standard secondary section cooling system, schematic

ΔpKV Pressure drop of the cooling medium in a combi distributor.

Note: Usually two combi distributors are used in the secondary section cooling system, see following figure.

Technical data and characteristics 9.3 Explanations of the characteristic curves


9.3 Explanations of the characteristic curves

Motor force vs. velocity The diagrams for motor force FM of the particular motors include three characteristics for various DC link voltages UDC or converter output voltages Ua max. See also the subsequent table "Color coding of F-v characteristics in the diagrams" and the following diagram.

Figure 9-3 Schematic characteristic, motor force with respect velocity

Table 9- 1 Color coding of the F-v characteristics in the diagrams

Color Resulting DC link voltage UDC

Converter output voltage (rms value) Ua max

Permissible line supply voltage (rms value)

SINAMICS S120 Line Module

634 V 460 V 480 V Smart Line Module, uncontrolled with regenerative feedback or Basic Line Module, uncontrolled without regenerative feedback

600 V 425 V 400 V Active Line Module, controlled with regenerative feedback

528 V 380 V 400 V Smart Line Module, uncontrolled with regenerative feedback or Basic Line Module, uncontrolled without regenerative feedback



Braking force vs. velocity The characteristic curve shows the braking force of the short-circuited motor depending on the speed. Any friction that occurs is ignored. The following figure shows the form of such a characteristic curve.

Figure 9-4 Characteristic curve for braking force vs. velocity for a short-circuited motor, schematic

representation

Temperature increase of the primary section main cooler vs. volumetric flow This characteristic curve shows the temperature increase between the intake and return lines of the primary section main cooler depending on the volume flow, see following figure.

Figure 9-5 Characteristic curve for temperature increase vs. volumetric flow in the primary section

main cooler, schematic representation



Pressure drop across the coolers with respect to the flow rate These characteristics indicate the pressure drop between the intake and return line of the particular cooler as a function of the flow rate, see the following diagram. One diagram shows the characteristic of the primary section main cooler, another diagram, the characteristic of the primary section precision cooler.

Figure 9-6 Characteristic_pressure_drop_primary_section_schematic

The third diagram shows the characteristics for the individual components of the standard secondary section cooling with the combi distributor.

Figure 9-7 Characteristic_deltap_vpkt_secondary_section_schematic

Note

The sequence of the characteristics shown in the diagram above is not mandatory. Please note the legends in the actual characteristics!

Technical data and characteristics 9.4 1FN3050


9.4 1FN3050

Motor data 1FN3050-1ND00-xxxx

1FN3050-1ND00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 150 Rated current IN A 2.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 435 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.17 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 260 Maximum current IMAX A 5.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 242 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 1.74 Stall force F0* N 112 Stall current I0* A 2 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 54 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 18.1 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 14.1 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 44.9 Attraction force FA N 496 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 1.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.165 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.1 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 1.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.36



1FN3050-1ND00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.010 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.06 Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX kW 0.015 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 2.1 Pressure drop per meter of secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.03 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.12 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.09



Characteristic curves of 1FN3050-1ND00-0xA1



Motor data 1FN3050-2NB80-xxxx

1FN3050-1NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 300 Rated current IN A 2.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 202 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.33 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 510 Maximum current IMAX A 5.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 106 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 2.34 Stall force F0* N 225 Stall current I0* A 2 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 109 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 1909 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 10 Phase inductance LSTR mH 92.9 Attraction force FA N 992 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 3.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.33 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.1 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 2.3 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.64 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.015 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.08



1FN3050-1NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX kW 0.027 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 2.1 Pressure drop per meter of secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.03 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.12 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.09



Characteristic curves of 1FN3050-2NB80-0xA1



Motor data 1FN3050-2WC00-xxxx

1FN3050-2WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 200 Rated current IN A 2.7 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 373 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.31 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 550 Maximum current IMAX A 8.2 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 146 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 4.11 Stall force F0* N 141 Stall current I0* A 1.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 74 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 25.5 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/(W)0.5 13.5 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 10 Phase inductance LSTR mH 36.5 Attraction force FA N 996 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 2.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 2.9 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.31 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.1 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 2.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.64 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.015 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.08



1FN3050-2WC00-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3050-2WC00-0xA1



9.5 1FN3100

Motor data 1FN3100-1NC00-xxxx

1FN3100-1NC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 300 Rated current IN A 2.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 214 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.26 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 510 Maximum current IMAX A 5.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 117 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 2.12 Stall force F0* N 225 Stall current I0* A 2 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 109 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/(W)0.5 22.5 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 7.8 Phase inductance LSTR mH 87 Attraction force FA N 992 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 3 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 3.5 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.26 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 1.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.57



1FN3100-1NC00-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3100-1NC00-0BA1




1FN3100-1WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 200 Rated current IN A 2.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 322 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.28 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 490 Maximum current IMAX A 6.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 138 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 3.13 Stall force F0* N 141 Stall current I0* A 1.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 82 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 27.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/(W)0.5 13.9 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 11.4 Phase inductance LSTR mH 54.5 Attraction force FA N 996 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 2.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.285 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 1.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.57 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar



1FN3100-1WC00-xxxx





1FN3100-2NC80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 605 Rated current IN A 8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 307 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.52 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1020 Maximum current IMAX A 16.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 170 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 5.13 Stall force F0* N 449 Stall current I0* A 5.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 77 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 25.7 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/(W)0.5 31.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.2 Phase inductance LSTR mH 22.7 Attraction force FA N 1980 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 5.1 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 5.9 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.515 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.03 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.015 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.11



1FN3100-2NC80-xxxx





1FN3100-2WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 450 Rated current IN A 5.1 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 297 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.55 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1100 Maximum current IMAX A 13.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 131 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 6.31 Stall force F0* N 318 Stall current I0* A 3.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 89 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 29.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 22.6 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 5.1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 26.6 Attraction force FA N 1990 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 3.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 4.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.550 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.2 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.03 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.015 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.11



1FN3100-2WC00-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3100-2WE00-xxxx

1FN3100-2WE00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 450 Rated current IN A 8.1 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 497 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.550 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1100 Maximum current IMAX A 21.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 237 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 8.28 Stall force F0* N 318 Stall current I0* A 5.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 56 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 18.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 22.6 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2 Phase inductance LSTR mH 10.5 Attraction force FA N 1990 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 3.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 4.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.555 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.2 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.03 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.015 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.11



1FN3100-2WE00-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3100-2WE00-0xA1




1FN3100-3NC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 905 Rated current IN A 8.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 211 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.78 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1530 Maximum current IMAX A 17.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 115 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 6.28 Stall force F0* N 674 Static current I0* A 5.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 109 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 39 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2.6 Phase inductance LSTR mH 30.4 Attraction force FA N 2980 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 7.3 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 8.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.78 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.49 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.025 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.14



1FN3100-3NC00-xxxx





1FN3100-3WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 675 Rated current IN A 7.2 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 277 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.82 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1650 Maximum current IMAX A 19.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 120 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 9.16 Stall force F0* N 477 Stall current I0* A 5.1 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 94 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 31.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 27.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 3.8 Phase inductance LSTR mH 20 Attraction force FA N 2990 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 5.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 6.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.825 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.49 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.025 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.14



1FN3100-3WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX kW 0.06 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop per meter secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.04 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.17 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.12




1FN3100-3WE00-xxxx





1FN3100-4NC80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1205 Rated current IN A 15.9 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 305 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.03 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 2040 Maximum current IMAX A 33.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 169 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 10.22 Stall force F0* N 898 Stall current I0* A 11.1 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 77 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 25.7 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 45 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 11.5 Attraction force FA N 3970 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 10 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 11.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.94 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.03 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.17



1FN3100-4NC80-xxxx





1FN3100-4WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 900 Rated current IN A 10.1 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 297 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.1 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 2200 Maximum current IMAX A 27 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 131 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 12.62 Stall force F0* N 636 Stall current I0* A 7.2 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 89 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 29.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 32 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2.6 Phase inductance LSTR mH 13.3 Attraction force FA N 3980 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 7.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 8.5 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.10 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.3 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.94 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.03 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.17



1FN3100-4WC00-xxxx





1FN3100-4WE00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 900 Rated current IN A 16.1 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 497 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.11 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 2200 Maximum current IMAX A 43 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 237 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 16.560 Stall force F0* N 636 Stall current I0* A 11.4 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 56 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 18.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 31.9 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 5.3 Attraction force FA N 3980 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 7.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 8.5 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.11 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.4 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.94 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.03 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.17



1FN3100-4WE00-xxxx





1FN3100-5WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1125 Rated current IN A 11 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 255 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.32 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 2750 Maximum current IMAX A 29.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 109 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 14.39 Stall force F0* N 795 Stall current I0* A 7.8 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 102 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 33.9 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 36.6 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2.6 Phase inductance LSTR mH 14 Attraction force FA N 4980 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 9.1 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 10.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 0.7 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 0.8 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.32 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 2.4 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.2



1FN3100-5WC00-xxxx




9.6 1FN3150


1FN3150-1NC20-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 455 Rated current IN A 4.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 234 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.35 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 770 Maximum current IMAX A 9.4 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 129 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 3.18 Stall force F0* N 337 Stall current I0* A 3.1 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 102 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 34 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 28.9 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 4.1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 50.4 Attraction force FA N 1490 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 1.2 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 1.3 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.355 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.8 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 1.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.81



1FN3150-1NC20-xxxx





1FN3150-1WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 340 Rated current IN A 3.6 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 282 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.37 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 820 Maximum current IMAX A 9.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 126 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 4.34 Stall force F0* N 239 Stall current I0* A 2.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 94 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 31.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 20.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 6.8 Phase inductance LSTR mH 39.9 Attraction force FA N 1490 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 3 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg – Mass of a secondary section mS kg 1.2 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 1.3 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.365 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.8 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 1.9 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.81 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW – Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min – Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar –



1FN3150-1WC00-xxxx





1FN3150-1WE00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 300 Rated current IN A 6.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 605 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.35 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 730 Maximum current IMAX A 17 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 288 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 6.01 Stall force F0* N 211 Stall current I0* A 4.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 47 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 15.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 18.7 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2.1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 12.7 Attraction force FA N 1490 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 3 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg – Mass of a secondary section mS kg 1.2 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 1.3 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.355 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.8 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 1.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.81 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW – Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min – Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar –



1FN3150-1WE00-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3150-1WE00-0AA1




1FN3150-2NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 905 Rated current IN A 8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 201 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.7 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1530 Maximum current IMAX A 16.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 110 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 5.84 Stall force F0* N 674 Stall current I0* A 5.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 116 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 38.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 41 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2.7 Phase inductance LSTR mH 33.7 Attraction force FA N 2980 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 7.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 8.0 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 1.2 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 1.3 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.705 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.8 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.49 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.02 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.14



1FN3150-2NB80-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3150-2NB80-0BA1




1FN3150-2WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 675 Rated current IN A 7.2 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 282 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.73 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1650 Maximum current IMAX A 19.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 126 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 8.68 Stall force F0* N 477 Stall current I0* A 5.1 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 94 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 31.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 29.4 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 3.4 Phase inductance LSTR mH 20 Attraction force FA N 2990 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 5.3 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 6 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 1.2 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 1.3 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.735 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.8 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.49 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.02 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.14



1FN3150-2WC00-xxxx





1FN3150-3NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1360 Rated current IN A 11.9 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 195 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.02 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 2300 Maximum current IMAX A 24.8 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 105 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 8.44 Stall force F0* N 975 Stall current I0* A 8.44 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 116 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 38.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 51 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.71 Phase inductance LSTR mH 22.7 Attraction force FA N 4460 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 10.5 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 11.7 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 1.2 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 1.3 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.904 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.8 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.64 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 2.17 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.0267 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.172



1FN3150-3NB80-xxxx





1FN3150-3NC70-xxxx





1FN3150-3WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1010 Rated current IN A 10.7 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 282 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.1 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 2470 Maximum current IMAX A 28.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 126 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 13.02 Stall force F0* N 716 Stall current I0* A 7.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 94 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 31.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 36 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2.3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 13.3 Attraction force FA N 4480 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 15 Mass of the primary section mP kg 7.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 8.7 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 1.2 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 1.3 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.1 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 2.8 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 2.16 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.025 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 2.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.17



1FN3150-3WC00-xxxx





1FN3150-4NB80-xxxx





1FN3150-4WC00-xxxx





1FN3150-5WC00-xxxx




9.7 1FN3300


1FN3300-1NC10-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 865 Rated current IN A 8.1 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 230 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.51 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1470 Maximum current IMAX A 17.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 129 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 5.4 Stall force F0* N 643 Stall current I0* A 5.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 108 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 46.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.8 Phase inductance LSTR mH 42.9 Attraction force FA N 2890 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 8.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 9.5 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.505 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 3.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 2.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.15



1FN3300-1NC10-xxxx





1FN3300-1WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 610 Rated current IN A 6.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 309 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.52 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 1720 Maximum current IMAX A 20 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 128 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 8.68 Stall force F0* N 433 Stall current I0* A 4.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 95 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 31.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 31.7 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 31.5 Attraction force FA N 2940 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 6.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg – Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.52 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 3.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 2.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.15 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW – Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min – Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar –



1FN3300-1WC00-xxxx





1FN3300-2NC10-xxxx

Technical data Designation Units Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1730 Rated current IN A 16.2 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 228 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.01 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 2940 Maximum current IMAX A 34.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 127 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 10.71 Stall force F0* N 1287 Stall current I0* A 11.3 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 108 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 65.3 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.9 Phase inductance LSTR mH 22.1 Attraction force FA N 5780 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 16.1 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 17.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.015 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.32 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.33



1FN3300-2NC10-xxxx

Technical data Designation Units Value Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX kW 0.093 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop per meter of secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.09 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.42 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.31



Motor data 1FN3300-2WB00-xxxx

1FN3300-2WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1225 Rated current IN A 8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 176 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.990 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 3450 Maximum current IMAX A 24.7 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 63 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 13.16 Stall force F0* N 866 Stall current I0* A 5.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 153 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 51.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 45.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 3.7 Phase inductance LSTR mH 39.5 Attraction force FA N 5880 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 11.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 12.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.995 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.32 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.33



1FN3300-2WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX kW 0.093 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop per meter of secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.09 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.42 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.31



Characteristic curves of 1FN3300-2WB00-0xA1




1FN3300-2WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1225 Rated current IN A 12.6 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 297 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 3450 Maximum current IMAX A 39.2 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 125 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 16.75 Stall force F0* N 866 Stall current I0* A 8.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 97 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 32.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 45.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 15.7 Attraction force FA N 5880 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 11.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 12.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.995 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.32 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.33



1FN3300-2WC00-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3300-2WG00-xxxx

1FN3300-2WG00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1225 Rated current IN A 32.2 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 805 Rated power loss PV,N kW 0.93 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 3450 Maximum current IMAX A 99.7 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 369 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 30.14 Stall force F0* N 866 Stall current I0* A 22.8 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 38 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 12.7 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 47.3 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.2 Phase inductance LSTR mH 2.4 Attraction force FA N 5880 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 11.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 12.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 0.930 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 3.4 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.32 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.33



1FN3300-2WG00-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3300-2WG00-0xA1




1FN3300-3NB50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2590 Rated current IN A 17.7 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 158 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.52 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 4400 Maximum current IMAX A 37.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 85.5 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 13 Stall force F0* N 1860 Stall current I0* A 12.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 150 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 49.9 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 79.9 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.17 Phase inductance LSTR mH 28.3 Attraction force FA N 8670 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.35 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.31 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.56 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.0399 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.527



1FN3300-3NB50-xxxx





1FN3300-3NC40-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2595 Rated current IN A 27.3 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 257 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.52 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 4400 Maximum current IMAX A 57.4 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 144 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 17.26 Stall force F0* N 1930 Stall current I0* A 19 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 97 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 32.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 80 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 11.8 Attraction force FA N 8670 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.52 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.9 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.56 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.05 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.53



1FN3300-3NC40-xxxx





1FN3300-3WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1840 Rated current IN A 19 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 297 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.5 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5170 Maximum current IMAX A 58.7 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 125 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 25.12 Stall force F0* N 1299 Stall current I0* A 13.4 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 97 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 32.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 56.1 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 10.5 Attraction force FA N 8820 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 17 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 18.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.495 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.56 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.05 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.53



1FN3300-3WC00-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3300-3WG00-xxxx

1FN3300-3WG00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1840 Rated current IN A 50 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 836 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.37 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5170 Maximum current IMAX A 154.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 383 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 46.18 Stall force F0* N 1299 Stall current I0* A 35.4 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 37 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 12.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 58.6 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 1.5 Attraction force FA N 8820 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 17 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 18.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.37 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.4 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.56 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.05 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.53



1FN3300-3WG00-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3300-3WG00-0xA1




1FN3300-4NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3460 Rated current IN A 28.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 196 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.03 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5870 Maximum current IMAX A 59.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 109 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 19.63 Stall force F0* N 2574 Stall current I0* A 19.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 124 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 41.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 92.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.6 Phase inductance LSTR mH 14.7 Attraction force FA N 11600 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 30.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 32.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.86 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.065 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.78



1FN3300-4NB80-xxxx





1FN3300-4WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2450 Rated current IN A 16 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 176 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.99 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 6900 Maximum current IMAX A 49.4 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 63 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 26.33 Stall force F0* N 1732 Stall current I0* A 11.3 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 153 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 51.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 64.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.9 Phase inductance LSTR mH 19.8 Attraction force FA N 11800 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.99 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.86 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.065 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.79



1FN3300-4WB00-xxxx





1FN3300-4WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2450 Rated current IN A 25.3 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 297 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.99 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 6900 Maximum current IMAX A 78.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 125 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 33.5 Stall force F0* N 1732 Stall current I0* A 17.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 97 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 32.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 64.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.7 Phase inductance LSTR mH 7.9 Attraction force FA N 11800 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 2.4 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 2.6 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.995 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.86 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.065 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.79



1FN3300-4WC00-xxxx




9.8 1FN3450


1FN3450-2NB40-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2590 Rated current IN A 16.2 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 147 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.38 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 4400 Maximum current IMAX A 34.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 80 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 12 Stall force F0* N 1860 Stall current I0* A 11.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 163 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 54.2 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 83.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.26 Phase inductance LSTR mH 32.8 Attraction force FA N 8670 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 23.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.22 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.4 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.371



1FN3450-2NB40-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.0362 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.342 Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX kW 0.121 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop per meter of secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.0923 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.42 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.307




1FN3450-2NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2590 Rated current IN A 20.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 188 Rated power loss PV,N W 1.39 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 4400 Maximum current IMAX A 42.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 104 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX W 13.7 Stall force F0* N 1860 Stall current I0* A 14.4 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 129 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 43.1 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 83.7 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.797 Phase inductance LSTR mH 20.7 Attraction force FA N 8670 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 23.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX W 1.23 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.42 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.371 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX W 0.0364 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.342



1FN3450-2NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX W 0.122 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop per meter of secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.0923 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.42 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.307




1FN3450-2NC50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2595 Rated current IN A 28.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 271 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.4 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 4400 Maximum current IMAX A 59.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 153 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 17.42 Stall force F0* N 1930 Stall current I0* A 19.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 93 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 31 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 83.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.4 Phase inductance LSTR mH 10.7 Attraction force FA N 8670 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 23.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.405 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.37 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.34



1FN3450-2NC50-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3450-2WA50-xxxx

1FN3450-2WA50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1930 Rated current IN A 8.6 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 112 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.53 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5180 Maximum current IMAX A 25.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 30 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 15.94 Stall force F0* N 1365 Stall current I0* A 6.1 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 225 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 75 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 58.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 59.3 Attraction force FA N 8820 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 15.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 17.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.53 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.37 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.34



1FN3450-2WA50-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3450-2WA50-0xA1




1FN3450-2WB70-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1930 Rated current IN A 15.2 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 235 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.42 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5180 Maximum current IMAX A 45.1 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 102 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 21.33 Stall force F0* N 1365 Stall current I0* A 10.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 127 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 42.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 60.4 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 17.5 Attraction force FA N 8820 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 15.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 17.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.42 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.37 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.34



1FN3450-2WB70-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3450-2WB70-0AA1




1FN3450-2WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1930 Rated current IN A 18.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 275 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.47 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5180 Maximum current IMAX A 55.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 120 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 23.09 Stall force F0* N 1365 Stall current I0* A 13.3 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 103 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 34.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 59.4 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 11.8 Attraction force FA N 8820 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 15.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 17.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.47 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.3 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.37 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.34



1FN3450-2WC00-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3450-2WD00-xxxx

1FN3450-2WD00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1930 Rated current IN A 25 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 385 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.34 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5180 Maximum current IMAX A 70.2 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 177 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 25.8 Stall force F0* N 1360 Stall current I0* A 17.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 77.1 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 25.7 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 62.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.512 Phase inductance LSTR mH 7.43 Attraction force FA N 8820 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 15.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 17.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.19 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.29 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.371 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.0351 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.345



1FN3450-2WD00-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3450-2WD00-0xA1




1FN3450-2WE00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 1930 Rated current IN A 33.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 519 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.37 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5180 Maximum current IMAX A 99.7 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 240 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 32.65 Stall force F0* N 1365 Stall current I0* A 23.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 57 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 19 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 61.5 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 3.6 Attraction force FA N 8820 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 15.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 17.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.37 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 4.9 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.37 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.035 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.34



1FN3450-2WE00-xxxx





1FN3450-3NB50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3890 Rated current IN A 27.3 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 165 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.07 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 6600 Maximum current IMAX A 57.4 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 90.5 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 19.1 Stall force F0* N 2800 Stall current I0* A 19.3 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 145 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 48.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 103 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.664 Phase inductance LSTR mH 17.5 Attraction force FA N 13000 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 32 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.6 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.83 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 5.86 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.648 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.0542 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.546



1FN3450-3NB50-xxxx





1FN3450-3NC50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3890 Rated current IN A 42.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 270 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.11 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 6600 Maximum current IMAX A 89.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 152 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 26.06 Stall force F0* N 2896 Stall current I0* A 29.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 93 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 31 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 101.9 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 7.2 Attraction force FA N 13000 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 32 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.6 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.105 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.65 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.055 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.54



1FN3450-3NC50-xxxx





1FN3450-3WA50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2895 Rated current IN A 13.1 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 114 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.39 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 7760 Maximum current IMAX A 38.8 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 30 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 24.68 Stall force F0* N 2047 Stall current I0* A 9.3 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 220 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 73.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 69.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 3.3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 37.9 Attraction force FA N 13200 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.6 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.395 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.65 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.055 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.55



1FN3450-3WA50-xxxx





1FN3450-3WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2895 Rated current IN A 17.9 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 164 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.25 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 7760 Maximum current IMAX A 52.7 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 62 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 27.51 Stall force F0* N 2047 Stall current I0* A 12.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 162 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 54 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 72.1 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.7 Phase inductance LSTR mH 19.5 Attraction force FA N 13200 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.6 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 22.45 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.2 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.65 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.055 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.55



1FN3450-3WB00-xxxx





1FN3450-3WB50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2895 Rated current IN A 22.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 217 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.23 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 7760 Maximum current IMAX A 67.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 90 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 31.08 Stall force F0* N 2047 Stall current I0* A 16.1 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 127 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 42.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 72.3 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 12 Attraction force FA N 13200 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.6 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.235 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.65 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.055 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.55



1FN3450-3WB50-xxxx





1FN3450-3WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2895 Rated current IN A 28.1 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 275 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.2 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 7760 Maximum current IMAX A 83 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 120 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 34.63 Stall force F0* N 2047 Stall current I0* A 19.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 103 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 34.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 72.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.7 Phase inductance LSTR mH 7.9 Attraction force FA N 13200 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.6 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.205 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.65 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.055 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.55



1FN3450-3WC00-xxxx





1FN3450-3WE00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2895 Rated current IN A 50.7 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 519 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.06 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 7760 Maximum current IMAX A 149.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 240 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 48.97 Stall force F0* N 2047 Stall current I0* A 35.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 57 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 19 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 75.3 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.2 Phase inductance LSTR mH 2.4 Attraction force FA N 13200 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.6 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.06 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.65 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.055 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.55



1FN3450-3WE00-xxxx





1FN3450-4NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 5185 Rated current IN A 40.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 190 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.81 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 8810 Maximum current IMAX A 85.8 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 106 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 27.94 Stall force F0* N 3861 Stall current I0* A 28.4 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 129 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 43.1 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 117.7 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.4 Phase inductance LSTR mH 10.5 Attraction force FA N 17300 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 42.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 44.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.81 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 8.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.07 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.81



1FN3450-4NB80-xxxx





1FN3450-4WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3860 Rated current IN A 23.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 164 Rated power loss PV,N kW 3.0 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 10350 Maximum current IMAX A 70.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 62 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 36.68 Stall force F0* N 2729 Stall current I0* A 16.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 162 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 54 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 83.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 14.7 Attraction force FA N 17600 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 30.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.995 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 8.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.07 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.81



1FN3450-4WB00-xxxx





1FN3450-4WB50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3860 Rated current IN A 30.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 217 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.98 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 10350 Maximum current IMAX A 89.8 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 90 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 41.44 Stall force F0* N 2729 Stall current I0* A 21.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 127 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 42.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 83.5 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.8 Phase inductance LSTR mH 9 Attraction force FA N 17600 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 30.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.98 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 8.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.07 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.81



1FN3450-4WB50-xxxx





1FN3450-4WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3860 Rated current IN A 37.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 275 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.94 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 10350 Maximum current IMAX A 110.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 120 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 46.17 Stall force F0* N 2729 Stall current I0* A 26.5 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 103 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 34.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 84.1 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 5.9 Attraction force FA N 17600 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 30.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.94 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 8.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.070 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.81



1FN3450-4WC00-xxxx





1FN3450-4WE00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3860 Rated current IN A 67.6 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 519 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.74 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 10350 Maximum current IMAX A 199.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 240 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 65.3 Stall force F0* N 2729 Stall current I0* A 47.8 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 57 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 19 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 87 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 1.8 Attraction force FA N 17600 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 30.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.1 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 3.8 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 4 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.745 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.9 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.07 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.81



1FN3450-4WE00-xxxx




9.9 1FN3600


1FN3600-2NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3460 Rated current IN A 28.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 200 Rated power loss PV,N kW 1.9 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 5870 Maximum current IMAX A 59.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 112 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 19.34 Stall force F0* N 2574 Stall current I0* A 19.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 124 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 41.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 95.4 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.6 Phase inductance LSTR mH 14.2 Attraction force FA N 11600 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 28.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 30.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.9 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.1 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.49



1FN3600-2NB80-xxxx





1FN3600-2WA50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2610 Rated current IN A 12.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 120 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.1 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 6900 Maximum current IMAX A 36 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 36 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 21.94 Stall force F0* N 1846 Stall current I0* A 8.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 211 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 70.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 67.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 3.3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 39.1 Attraction force FA N 11800 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.7 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.105 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.5 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.045 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.84



1FN3600-2WA50-xxxx





1FN3600-2WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 2610 Rated current IN A 16.8 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 172 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.18 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 6900 Maximum current IMAX A 45.8 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 69.7 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 24.1 Stall force F0* N 1850 Stall current I0* A 11.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 155 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 51.7 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 66 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.84 Phase inductance LSTR mH 23.3 Attraction force FA N 11800 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 22.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 24.7 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 1.94 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 4.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.19 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.506 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.057 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 4.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 0.839



1FN3600-2WB00-xxxx





1FN3600-3NB80-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 5185 Rated current IN A 42.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 199 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.85 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 8810 Maximum current IMAX A 89.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 111 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 28.94 Stall force F0* N 3861 Stall current I0* A 29.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 124 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 41.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 116.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.4 Phase inductance LSTR mH 9.6 Attraction force FA N 17300 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 42.9 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 45 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.85 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.99 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.065 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 1.52



1FN3600-3NB80-xxxx





1FN3600-3WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3915 Rated current IN A 23.2 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 155 Rated power loss PV,N kW 3.0 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 10350 Maximum current IMAX A 67.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 58 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 35.4 Stall force F0* N 2768 Stall current I0* A 16.4 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 169 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 56.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 84.4 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.3 Phase inductance LSTR mH 16 Attraction force FA N 17600 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 31.5 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.995 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.02 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.065 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 1.54



1FN3600-3WB00-xxxx





1FN3600-3WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 3915 Rated current IN A 35.7 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 279 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.56 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 10350 Maximum current IMAX A 105.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 127 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 44.62 Stall force F0* N 2768 Stall current I0* A 25.3 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 110 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.5 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 91.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 6.5 Attraction force FA N 17600 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 31.5 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 33.4 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.565 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 6.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.02 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.065 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 1.54



1FN3600-3WC00-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3600-4NA70-xxxx

1FN3600-4NA70-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 6920 Rated current IN A 26.3 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 83.5 Rated power loss PV,N kW 3.72 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 11700 Maximum current IMAX A 55.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 42.6 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 24.8 Stall force F0* N 4970 Stall current I0* A 18.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 268 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 89.3 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 136 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.29 Phase inductance LSTR mH 33.7 Attraction force FA N 23100 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 56.6 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 59.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 3.3 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7.9 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.49 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.0975 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 2.19



1FN3600-4NA70-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3600-4NA70-0BA1




1FN3600-4NB80-xxxx





1FN3600-4WA30-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 5220 Rated current IN A 22.3 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 105 Rated power loss PV,N kW 4.23 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 13800 Maximum current IMAX A 64.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 26 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 41.87 Stall force F0* N 3691 Stall current I0* A 15.8 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 234 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 78 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 94.7 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 2 Phase inductance LSTR mH 24 Attraction force FA N 23500 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 40.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 43.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 4.235 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 10.2 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.55 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.09 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 2.2



1FN3600-4WA30-xxxx





1FN3600-4WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 5220 Rated current IN A 30.9 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 155 Rated power loss PV,N kW 4.0 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 13800 Maximum current IMAX A 89.8 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 58 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 47.19 Stall force F0* N 3691 Stall current I0* A 21.8 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 169 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 56.4 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 97.5 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1 Phase inductance LSTR mH 12 Attraction force FA N 23500 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 40.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 43.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 3.995 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 9.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.55 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.09 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 2.2



1FN3600-4WB00-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3600-4WB50-0xA1

1FN3600-4WB50-0xA1




1FN3600-4WB50-0xA1





1FN3600-4WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 5220 Rated current IN A 46.9 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 254 Rated power loss PV,N kW 3.51 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 13800 Maximum current IMAX A 136.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 112 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 55.49 Stall force F0* N 3691 Stall current I0* A 33.2 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 111 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 37.1 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 104 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.4 Phase inductance LSTR mH 5.2 Attraction force FA N 23500 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 40.8 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 43.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 4.6 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 5 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 3.505 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 8.4 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.55 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.09 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 2.2



1FN3600-4WC00-xxxx




9.10 1FN3900


1FN3900-2NB20-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 5185 Rated current IN A 28.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 130 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.69 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 8810 Maximum current IMAX A 59.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 71 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 22.31 Stall force F0* N 3861 Stall current I0* A 19.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 186 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 62.1 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 120.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.8 Phase inductance LSTR mH 21.2 Attraction force FA N 17300 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 42.4 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 44.2 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 7.5 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 7.9 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.69 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.86



1FN3900-2NB20-xxxx





1FN3900-2WB00-xxxx





1FN3900-2WC00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 4050 Rated current IN A 36.7 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 253 Rated power loss PV,N kW 2.67 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 10350 Maximum current IMAX A 103.3 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 115 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 40.94 Stall force F0* N 2864 Stall current I0* A 26 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 110 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.7 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 92.5 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 6.8 Attraction force FA N 17600 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 28.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 29.7 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 7.5 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 7.9 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 2.67 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 5.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 0.88 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.06 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 5.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 1.28



1FN3900-2WC00-xxxx





1FN3900-3NB20-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 7780 Rated current IN A 42.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 129 Rated power loss PV,N kW 4.04 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 13210 Maximum current IMAX A 89.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 71 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 33.4 Stall force F0* N 5791 Stall current I0* A 29.6 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 186 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 62.1 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 147.2 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.5 Phase inductance LSTR mH 14.3 Attraction force FA N 26000 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 62 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 64.5 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 7.5 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 7.9 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 4.04 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 9.7 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.45 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.085 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 1.88



1FN3900-3NB20-xxxx





1FN3900-3WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 6075 Rated current IN A 40.6 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 181 Rated power loss PV,N kW 4.43 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 15530 Maximum current IMAX A 114 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 75 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 54.47 Stall force F0* N 4296 Static current I0* A 28.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 150 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 49.9 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 107.7 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.6 Phase inductance LSTR mH 8.7 Attraction force FA N 26400 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 42.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 44.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 7.5 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 7.9 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 4.43 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 10.6 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 1.49 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.085 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 1.9



1FN3900-3WB00-xxxx




Motor data 1FN3900-4NA50-xxxx

1FN3900-4NA50-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 10400 Rated current IN A 29.3 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 59.4 Rated power loss PV,N kW 5.26 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 17600 Maximum current IMAX A 61.6 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 28.2 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 31.6 Stall force F0* N 7460 Stall current I0* A 20.7 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 361 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 120 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 172 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 1.47 Phase inductance LSTR mH 40.5 Attraction force FA N 34700 Thermal time constant tTH s 180 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 82.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 85.3 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 7.5 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 7.9 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 4.66 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 10.3 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 2.17 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.138 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 2.64



1FN3900-4NA50-xxxx




Characteristic curves of 1FN3900-4NA50-0BA1




1FN3900-4NB20-xxxx





1FN3900-4WB00-xxxx

Technical data Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 8100 Rated current IN A 49.4 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 160 Rated power loss PV,N kW 5.89 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 20700 Maximum current IMAX A 138.9 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 65 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 68.91 Stall force F0* N 5728 Stall current I0* A 34.9 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 164 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 54.6 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 124.6 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.6 Phase inductance LSTR mH 7.5 Attraction force FA N 35300 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 56.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 58.9 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 7.5 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 7.9 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 5.89 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 13 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 2.24 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.11 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 2.66



1FN3900-4WB00-xxxx





1FN3900-4WB50-xxxx





1FN3900-4WC00-xxxx

Technical Specifications Designation Unit Value Boundary conditions DC link voltage UDC V 600 Water cooling intake temperature TVORL °C 35 Rated temperature TN °C 120 Data at the rated operating point Rated force FN N 8100 Rated current IN A 73.5 Maximum velocity at rated force vMAX,FN m/min 253 Rated power loss PV,N kW 5.34 Limit data Maximum force FMAX N 20700 Maximum current IMAX A 206.5 Maximum velocity at maximum force vMAX,FMAX m/min 115 Maximum electric power drawn PEL,MAX kW 81.87 Stall force F0* N 5728 Static current I0* A 52 Physical constants Force constant at 20 °C kF,20 N/A 110 Voltage constant kE Vs/m 36.7 Motor constant at 20 °C kM,20 N/W0.5 130.8 Motor winding resistance at 20 °C RSTR,20 Ω 0.2 Phase inductance LSTR mH 3.4 Attraction force FA N 35300 Thermal time constant tTH s 120 Pole width τM mm 23 Mass of the primary section mP kg 56.2 Mass of the primary section with precision cooler mP,P kg 58.9 Mass of a secondary section mS kg 7.5 Mass of a secondary section with cooling sections mS,P kg 7.9 Primary section main cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,H,MAX kW 5.345 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,H,MIN l/min 6.5 Cooling medium temperature increase ΔTP,H K 11.8 Pressure drop ΔpP,H bar 2.24 Primary section precision cooler data Maximum dissipated heat output QP,P,MAX kW 0.110 Recommended minimum flow rate VP,P,MIN l/min 6.5 Pressure drop ΔpP,P bar 2.66



1FN3900-4WC00-xxxx

Technical Specifications Designation Unit Value Secondary section cooling data Maximum dissipated heat output QS,MAX kW 0.451 Recommended minimum flow rate VS,MIN l/min 6.5 Pressure drop per meter of secondary section cooling ΔpS bar 0.03 Pressure drop per combi distributor ΔpKV bar 0.26 Pressure drop per coupling point ΔpKS bar 0.28

Technical data and characteristics 9.11 Additional characteristic curves


9.11 Additional characteristic curves The attraction force FA between the primary section and the secondary section track depends on the air gap. The variable FA specified in the motor data sheets refers to the rated air gap. The following figure shows the relative change of the attraction force FA depending on the air gap. In this case, the air gap is the geometric distance between the primary section and the secondary section track.

Figure 9-8 Dependency of the attraction force on the air gap for 1FN3 motors



The permissible continuous force of the motor Frmsdepends on the intake temperature of the primary section main cooler TINT, see the following diagram. Frms must not exceed rated force FNof the motor if TINT = 35 °C is applicable.

Figure 9-9 Maximum continuous force as a function of the intake temperature of the primary section

main cooler

Note

For an intake temperature of the main cooler less than 35 °C, then the continuous motor current is greater than rated current IN.. As a consequence, larger cable cross-sections may be required. This means that you must take into account the permissible rated current of the cables.



The motor thrust FM depends on the air gap. The variables FN and FMAX specified in the motor data sheets refer to the rated air gap. The following figure shows the relative change of both motor thrusts depending on the air gap. In this case, the air gap is the geometric distance between the primary section and the secondary section track.

Figure 9-10 Dependency of the motor thrust on the air gap for 1FN3 motors


Installation diagrams and dimension tables 10

The following installation drawings apply to the peak load motor and the continuous load motor. There are extremely minimal construction differences between the two motor designs. These are negligible and have therefore been omitted in the installation drawings.

The dimension variables and accompanying dimensioning tables ensure that the correct installation dimensions can be assigned to the respective motor.

10.1 Position tolerance for fastening holes

Fastening holes The schematic representation below shows the position tolerance for fastening holes according to DIN EN ISO 1101:2008-08. The diameter "d" of the circular tolerance zone indicates the tolerance.

Figure 10-1 Position tolerance for fastening holes

The actual position of the hole's mid-point (actual dimension) must lie within the circular tolerance zone to enable the motor components to be attached without any problems. If no specific value has been stated, the standard tolerance of d = 0.2 mm (as used by the machine tool industry) applies.

Installation diagrams and dimension tables 10.2 Installation dimensions


10.2 Installation dimensions

Specifying the installation dimensions No individual tolerances are specified for the primary section and the secondary section The tolerances for the primary and secondary sections are coordinated with the reference installation height of the complete motor. As a consequence, for the design, only the tolerances of the installation height have to be taken into account.

Detailed data regarding installation dimensions and the tolerances are provided in Chapter "Mechanical installation (Page 121)".

Installation diagrams and dimension tables 10.3 1FN3050, 1FN3100, 1FN3150


10.3 1FN3050, 1FN3100, 1FN3150

10.3.1 1FN3050

Figure 10-2 Installation dimensions for 1FN3050 motor with one cable connection



Figure 10-3 Installation dimensions for the 1FN3050 motor with one cable connection (cross sections and details)



Figure 10-4 Installation dimensions for 1FN3050 motors with two cable connections



Figure 10-5 Installation dimensions for 1FN3050 motors with two cable connections (cross sections and details)



Dimensions of the peak load primary section 1FN3050

Size Variable Unit 1FN3050-...

1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Length lP mm 255 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 52.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 157.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 63 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 247 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 210 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 55 Width without precision cooler bP mm 67 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 30 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm – Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 76 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 68 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 17 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 26.4 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 63.4 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 60.4 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 48.5 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 51.5

Height of primary section without precision cooler

hP1 mm 35.8

Height of primary section with precision cooler hP2 mm 47.7 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 Mounting screw thread MP M5 Version with one connecting cable (end of the Article No. ...0HA1) Cable 1 position (width) bL1 mm 24.5 Cable 1 position (height) hL1 mm 17.9 Version with 2 connecting cables (end of the Article No. ...0EA1 bzw 0FA1) Power cable position L1 (width) bL1 mm 16 Power cable position L1 (height) hL1 mm 11.9 Signal cable position L2 (width) bL2 mm 33 Signal cable position L2 (height) hL2 mm 23.9



Dimensions of the continuous load primary section 1FN3050


1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Length of primary section lP mm 162 267 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 52.5 52.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 52.5 157.5 First hole position of longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 71 71 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 155.6 260.6 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 116.6 221.6 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 55 55 Width without precision cooler bP mm 67 67 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 30 30 Power cable position (width) bL1 mm 18.5 18.5 Signal cable position (width) bL2 mm 33 33 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 76 76 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 67.5 67.5 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 17 17 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 26.4 26.4 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 74.3 74.3 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 71.3 71.3 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 59.4 59.4 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 62.4 62.4


hP1 mm 46.7 46.7

Height of primary section with precision cooler

hP2 mm 58.6 58.6

Power cable position (height) hL1 mm 14.6 14.6 Signal cable position (height) hL2 mm 32.1 32.1 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 Mounting screw thread MP M5 M5



Dimensions of the secondary section of 1FN3050

Size Variable Unit 1FN3050-4SAxx Secondary section length IS mm 120 Hole pattern (longitudinal) IS1 mm 60 Total hole pattern (longitudinal) IS2 mm lS1 x (2xN2–1) First hole position of hole pattern (longitudinal) IS4 mm 31.3 Incline IS5 mm 5 Width without heatsink profile bS mm 58 Hole pattern (transverse) bS1 mm 44 Width with heatsink profile bKP1 mm 75 Heatsink profile connector spacing bKP2 mm 67 Height without heatsink profile with cover hS1 mm 11.8 Height with heatsink profile with cover hS2 mm 14.8 Mounting screw clamp length hS3 mm 9 Screw countersink diameter (outer) dS1 mm 10 Hole diameter (outer) dS2 mm 5.5 Hole diameter (inner) dS3 mm – Screw countersink diameter (inner) dS4 mm – Secondary section mounting screws (outside) MS1 mm DIN EN ISO 4762 - M5 Secondary section mounting screws (inside) MS2 mm –

Dimensions of the secondary section end pieces of 1FN3050

Size Variable Unit 1FN3050-0TF00 1FN3050-0TG00 1FN3050-0TJ00

1FN3050-0TC00

Maximum length lA mm 42.5 42.5 Hole position (right) lA1 mm 30 30 Hole distance to secondary section hole IS3 mm 60 60 Maximum width bA mm 79 79 G 1/8 cooler connector position (height) hA1 mm 6 – Hole pattern (transverse) bA1 mm 44 44 Maximum height (block) hA mm 13.8 10.8



10.3.2 1FN3100, 1FN3150

Figure 10-6 Installation dimensions for the motors 1FN3100 and 1 FN3150



Figure 10-7 Installation dimensions for the motors 1FN3100 and 1FN3150 (cross sections and details)



Dimensions of the peak load primary sections 1FN3100


1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Length without connection cover lP mm 150 255 360 465 570 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 52.5 52.5 52.5 52.5 52.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 52.5 157.5 262.5 367.5 472.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 63 63 63 63 63 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 142 247 352 457 562 Connection cover length lP5 mm 9 9 9 9 9 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 105 210 315 420 525 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 84 84 84 84 84 Width without precision cooler bP mm 96 96 96 96 96 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 30 30 30 30 30 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm – – – – – Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm – 17 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm – 105 105 105 105 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm – 97 97 97 97 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 17 17 17 17 17 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm – 63.4 63.4 63.4 63.4 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm – 60.4 60.4 60.4 60.4 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 48.5 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5


hP1 mm 35.8 35.8 35.8 35.8 35.8


hP2 mm – 47.7 47.7 47.7 47.7

Precision cooler height hPK mm – 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height)

hPK1 mm – 6 6 6 6

Mounting screw thread MP M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 Version with one connecting cable (end of the Article No. ...0AA1) PG thread position (width) bPG mm 42 42 42 42 42 PG thread position (height) hPG mm 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 PG thread diameter GPG PG16 PG16 PG16 PG16 PG16 Version with 2 connecting cables (end of the Article No. ...0BA1) Thread position (height) hM mm 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 31 31 31 31 31 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5



Dimensions of the continuous load primary sections 1FN3100


1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Length without connection cover lP mm 162 267 372 477 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 52.5 52.5 52.5 52.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 52.5 157.5 262.5 367.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 71 71 71 71 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 155.6 260.6 365.6 470.6 Connection cover length lP5 mm 9 9 9 9 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 116.6 221.6 326.6 431.6 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 84 84 84 84 Width without precision cooler bP mm 96 96 96 96 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 30 30 30 30 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 105 105 105 105 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 97 97 97 97 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 17 17 17 17 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 74.3 74.3 74.3 74.3 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 71.3 71.3 71.3 71.3 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 59.4 59.4 59.4 59.4 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 62.4 62.4 62.4 62.4


hP1 mm 46.7 46.7 46.7 46.7

Height of primary section with precision cooler hP2 mm 58.6 58.6 58.6 58.6 Thread position (height) hM mm 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 6 6 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 Mounting screw thread MP M5 M5 M5 M5





1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Length without connection cover lP mm 150 255 360 465 570 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 52.5 52.5 52.5 52.5 52.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 52.5 157.5 262.5 367.5 472.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 63 63 63 63 63 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 142 247 352 457 562 Connection cover length lP5 mm 9 9 9 9 9 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 105 210 315 420 525 Main cooler connection position (width) bHK mm 114 114 114 114 114 Width without precision cooler bP mm 126 126 126 126 126 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 45 45 45 45 45 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm - – – – – Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 135 135 135 135 135 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 127 127 127 127 127 Main cooler connector spacing hHK mm 17 17 17 17 17 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 65.4 65.4 65.4 65.4 65.4 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 62.4 62.4 62.4 62.4 62.4 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 50.5 50.5 50.5 50.5 50.5 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 53.5 53.5


hP1 mm 35.8 35.8 35.8 35.8 35.8


hP2 mm 47.7 47.7 47.7 47.7 47.7

Precision cooler height hPK mm 17.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connection position (height)

hPK1 mm 6 6 6 6 6

Mounting screw thread MP M5 M5 M5 M5 M5 Version with one connecting cable (end of the Article No. ...0AA1) PG thread position (width) bPG mm 42 42 42 42 42 PG thread position (height) hPG mm 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 PG thread diameter GPG PG16 PG16 PG16 PG16 PG16 Version with 2 connecting cables (end of the Article No. ...0BA1) Thread position (height) hM mm 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 17.9 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 31 31 31 31 31 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5





1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Length without connection cover lP mm 162 267 372 477 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 52.5 52.5 52.5 52.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 52.5 157.5 262.5 367.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 71 71 71 71 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 155.6 260.6 365.6 470.6 Connection cover length lP5 mm 9 9 9 9 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 116.6 221.6 326.6 431.6 Main cooler connection position (width) bHK mm 114 114 114 114 Width without precision cooler bP mm 126 126 126 126 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 45 45 45 45 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 26.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 31.0 31.0 31.0 31.0 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 135 135 135 135 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 127 127 127 127 Main cooler connector spacing hHK mm 17 17 17 17 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 76.3 76.3 76.3 76.3 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 73.3 73.3 73.3 73.3 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 61.4 61.4 61.4 61.4 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 64.4 64.4 64.4 64.4


hP1 mm 46.7 46.7 46.7 46.7





Size Variable Unit 1FN3100-4SAxx Secondary section length IS mm 120 Hole pattern (longitudinal) IS1 mm 60 Total hole pattern (longitudinal) IS2 mm lS1 x (2xN2–1) First hole position of hole pattern (longitudinal) IS4 mm 30.6 Incline IS5 mm 3.7 Width without heatsink profile bS mm 88 Hole pattern (transverse) bS1 mm 74 Width with heatsink profile bKP1 mm 105 Heatsink profile connector spacing bKP2 mm 97 Height without heatsink profile with cover hS1 mm 11.8 Height with heatsink profile with cover hS2 mm 14.8 Mounting screw clamp length hS3 mm 9 Screw countersink diameter (outer) dS1 mm 10 Hole diameter (outer) dS2 mm 5.5 Hole diameter (inner) dS3 mm – Screw countersink diameter (inner) dS4 mm – Secondary section mounting screws (outside) MS1 mm DIN EN ISO 4762 - M5 Secondary section mounting screws (inside) MS2 mm –


Size Variable Unit 1FN3150-4SAxx Secondary section length IS mm 120 Hole pattern (longitudinal) IS1 mm 60 Total hole pattern (longitudinal) IS2 mm lS1 x (2xN2–1) First hole position of hole pattern (longitudinal) IS4 mm 30.4 Incline IS5 mm 3.3 Width without heatsink profile bS mm 118 Hole pattern (transverse) bS1 mm 104 Width with heatsink profile bKP1 mm 135 Heatsink profile connector spacing bKP2 mm 127 Height without heatsink profile with cover hS1 mm 13.8 Height with heatsink profile with cover hS2 mm 16.8 Mounting screw clamp length hS3 mm 11 Screw countersink diameter (outer) dS1 mm 10 Hole diameter (outer) dS2 mm 5.5 Hole diameter (inner) dS3 mm – Screw countersink diameter (inner) dS4 mm –



Size Variable Unit 1FN3150-4SAxx Secondary section mounting screws (outside) MS1 mm DIN EN ISO 4762 - M5 Secondary section mounting screws (inside) MS2 mm –



1FN3100-0TC00




1FN3150-0TC00




10.3.3 Mounting the Hall sensor box

Mounting the Hall sensor box onto the peak load motors 1FN3050 - 1FN3150

Figure 10-8 Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for motors 1FN3050, 1FN3100 and

1FN3150



Figure 10-9 Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for motors 1FN3050, 1FN3100 and

1FN3150



Mounting the Hall sensor box onto the continuous load motors 1FN3050 - 1FN3150

Figure 10-10 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for motors 1FN3050-xN … 150-xN



Figure 10-11 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for motors 1FN3050-xN … 150-xN



10.3.4 Heatsink profiles

Figure 10-12 Cooling section with plug coupling for the 1FN3050, 1FN3100 and 1FN3150 motor sizes

Figure 10-13 Cooling section with hose connector nipple R for the 1FN3050, 1FN3100 and 1FN3150

motor sizes



Figure 10-14 Cooling section with hose connector nipple L for the 1FN3050, 1FN3100 and 1FN3150

motor sizes

Installation diagrams and dimension tables 10.4 1FN3300, 1FN3450


10.4 1FN3300, 1FN3450

Figure 10-15 Installation dimensions for motors 1FN3300 - 1FN3450



Figure 10-16 Installation dimensions for motors 1FN3300 - 1FN3450 (cross sections and details)





1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Length without connection cover lP mm 221 382 543 704 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 80.5 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 90 90 90 90 Position of the magnetically active surface

lP4 mm 211 372 533 694

Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 11 / 281) 11 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 161 322 483 644 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 128.5 128.5 128.5 128.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 141 141 141 141 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 60 60 60 60 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm – – – – Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm – 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm – 150 150 150 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm – 141.5 141.5 141.5 Main cooler connector spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 19 Main cooler connector position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm – 78.9 78.9 78.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm – 75.9 75.9 75.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 64 64 64 64 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 67 67 67 67


hP1 mm 46.6 46.6 46.6 46.6


hP2 mm – 58.5 58.5 58.5

Precision cooler height hPK mm – 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height)

hPK1 mm – 6 6 6

Mounting screw thread MP M8 M8 M8 M8 Version with one connecting cable (end of the Article No. ...0AA1) PG thread position (width) bPG mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 53.5 PG thread position (height) hPG mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 23.4 PG thread diameter GPG mm PG21 PG21 PG21 /

PG291) PG21

Version with 2 connecting cables (end of the Article No. ...0BA1) Thread position (height) hM mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 23.4 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.5




1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Thread 1 diameter GM1 M20x1.5 M20x1.5/

M32x1.52) M20x1.5/ M32x1.52)

M20x1.5/ M32x1.52)

Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 1) Valid for motor 1FN3300-3WG00 ; 2) valid for motors 1FN3300-2WG00, 1FN3300-3WG00 and 1FN3300-4WC00



1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Length without connection cover lP mm 238 399 560 721 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 80.5 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 102 102 102 102 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 231.8 392.8 553.8 714.8 Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 11 11 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 179 340 501 662 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 128.5 128.5 128.5 128.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 141 141 141 141 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 60 60 60 60 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 150 150 150 150 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 141.5 141.5 141.5 141.5 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 19 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 92.9 92.9 92.9 92.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 89.9 89.9 89.9 89.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 78.0 78.0 78.0 78.0 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 81.0 81.0 81.0 81.0


hP1 mm 60.6 60.6 60.6 60.6






1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Length without connection cover lP mm 382 543 704 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 90 90 90 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 372 533 694 Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 / 28* 11 / 28* Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 322 483 644 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 175.5 175.5 175.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 188 188 188 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 80 80 80 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm – – – Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 197 197 197 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 188.5 188.5 188.5 Main cooler connector spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 Main cooler connector position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 80.9 80.9 80.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 77.9 77.9 77.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 66 66 66 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 69 69 69


hP1 mm 46.6 46.6 46.6


hP2 mm 58.5 58.5 58.5

Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 6 Mounting screw thread MP M8 M8 M8 Version with one connecting cable (end of the Article No. ...0AA1) PG thread position (width) bPG mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 PG thread position (height) hPG mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 PG thread diameter GPG PG21 PG21 /

PG291) PG21 / PG291)

Version with 2 connecting cables (end of the Article No. ...0BA1) Thread position (height) hM mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5




1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Thread 1 diameter GM1 M32x1.5/

M20x1.52) M32x1.5/ M20x1.52)

M32x1.5

Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 1) Valid for motors 1FN3450-3WE00 and 1FN3450-4WE00; 2) valid for motors 1FN3450-2WA50, 1FN3450-2WC00

and1FN3450-3WB00



1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Length without connection cover lP mm 399 560 721 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 102 102 102 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 392.8 553.8 714.8 Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 11 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 340 501 662 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 175.5 175.5 175.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 188 188 188 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 80 80 80 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 197 197 197 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 188.5 188.5 188.5 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 Main cooler connector position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 94.9 94.9 94.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 91.9 91.9 91.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 80.0 80.0 80.0 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 83.0 83.0 83.0


hP1 mm 60.6 60.6 60.6

Height of primary section with precision cooler hP2 mm 72.5 72.5 72.5 Thread position (height) hM mm 30.3 30.3 30.3 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 6 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M32x1.5 M32x1.5 M32x1.5




1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 Mounting screw thread MP M8 M8 M8


Size Variable Unit 1FN3300-4SAxx Secondary section length IS mm 184 Hole pattern (longitudinal) IS1 mm 92 Total hole pattern (longitudinal) IS2 mm lS1 x (2xN2–1) First hole position of hole pattern (longitudinal) IS4 mm 49.2 Incline IS5 mm 5.6 Width without heatsink profile bS mm 134 Hole pattern (transverse) bS1 mm 115 Width with heatsink profile bKP1 mm 151 Heatsink profile connector spacing bKP2 mm 143 Height without heatsink profile with cover hS1 mm 16.5 Height with heatsink profile with cover hS2 mm 19.5 Mounting screw clamp length hS3 mm 13 Screw countersink diameter (outer) dS1 mm 15 Hole diameter (outer) dS2 mm 9 Hole diameter (inner) dS3 mm – Screw countersink diameter (inner) dS4 mm – Secondary section mounting screws (outside) MS1 mm DIN 6912 - M8 Secondary section mounting screws (inside) MS2 mm –


Size Variable Unit 1FN3450-4SAxx Secondary section length IS mm 184 Hole pattern (longitudinal) IS1 mm 92 Total hole pattern (longitudinal) IS2 mm lS1 x (2xN2–1) First hole position of hole pattern (longitudinal) IS4 mm 48.9 Incline IS5 mm 5 Width without heatsink profile bS mm 180 Hole pattern (transverse) bS1 mm 161 Width with heatsink profile bKP1 mm 197 Heatsink profile connector spacing bKP2 mm 189 Height without heatsink profile with cover hS1 mm 18.5 Height with heatsink profile with cover hS2 mm 21.5



Size Variable Unit 1FN3450-4SAxx Mounting screw clamp length hS3 mm 15 Screw countersink diameter (outer) dS1 mm 15 Hole diameter (outer) dS2 mm 9 Hole diameter (inner) dS3 mm – Screw countersink diameter (inner) dS4 mm – Secondary section mounting screws (outside) MS1 mm DIN 6912 - M8 Secondary section mounting screws (inside) MS2 mm –



1FN3300-0TC00




1FN3450-0TC00





Mounting the Hall sensor box onto the peak load motors 1FN3300 - 1FN3450

Figure 10-17 Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for motors 1FN3300 and 1FN3450



Figure 10-18 Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for motors 1FN3300 and 1FN3450



Mounting the Hall sensor box onto continuous load motors 1FN3300 - 1FN3450

Figure 10-19 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for motors 1FN3300-xN … 450-xN



Figure 10-20 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for motors 1FN3300-xN … 450-xN




Figure 10-21 Cooling section with plug coupling for the 1FN3300 and 1FN3450 motor sizes

Figure 10-22 Cooling section with hose connector nipple R for the 1FN3300 and 1FN3450 motor sizes



Figure 10-23 Cooling section with hose connector nipple L for the 1FN3300 and 1FN3450 motor sizes

Installation diagrams and dimension tables 10.5 1FN3600


10.5 1FN3600

Figure 10-24 Installation diagram of the motor 1FN3600



Figure 10-25 Installation diagram of the motor 1FN3600 (cross sections and details)





1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Length without connection cover lP mm 382 543 704 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 90 90 90 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 372 533 694 Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 11 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 322 483 644 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 235.5 235.5 235.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 248 248 248 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 80 80 80 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm 160 160 160 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 257 257 257 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 248.5 248.5 248.5 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 Main cooler connector position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 85.9 85.9 85.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 75.9 75.9 75.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 64 64 64 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 74 74 74


hP1 mm 46.6 46.6 46.6

Height of primary section with precision cooler hP2 mm 58.5 58.5 58.5 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 6 Mounting screw thread MP M8 M8 M8 Version with one connecting cable (end of the Article No. ...0AA1) PG thread position (width) bPG mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 PG thread position (height) hPG mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 PG thread diameter GPG PG21 PG21 PG21 Version with 2 connecting cables (end of the Article No. ...0BA1) Thread position (height) hM mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M20x1.51) M32x1.5 M32x1.5 Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5

1) Valid for motor 1FN3600-2WA50...





1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Length without connection cover lP mm 399 560 721 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 102 102 102 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 392.8 553.8 714.8 Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 11 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 340 501 662 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 235.5 235.5 235.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 248 248 248 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 80 80 80 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm 160 160 160 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 257 257 257 Precision cooler connector position bPK2 mm 248.5 248.5 248.5 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 Main cooler connector position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 99.9 99.9 99.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 89.9 89.9 89.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 78.0 78.0 78.0 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 88.0 88.0 88.0


hP1 mm 60.6 60.6 60.6

Height of primary section with precision cooler hP2 mm 72.5 72.5 72.5 Thread position (height) hM mm 30.3 30.3 30.3 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 6 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M32x1.5 M32x1.5 M32x1.5 Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 Mounting screw thread MP M8 M8 M8




Size Variable Unit 1FN3600-4SAxx Secondary section length IS mm 184 Hole pattern (longitudinal) IS1 mm 92 Total hole pattern (longitudinal) IS2 mm lS1 x (2xN2–1) First hole position of hole pattern (longitudinal) IS4 mm 48.6 Incline IS5 mm 4.9 Width without heatsink profile bS mm 240 Hole pattern (transverse) bS1 mm 111 Width with heatsink profile bKP1 mm 247 Heatsink profile connector spacing bKP2 mm 17 Height without heatsink profile with cover hS1 mm 16.5 Height with heatsink profile with cover hS2 mm 26.5 Mounting screw clamp length hS3 mm 20 Screw countersink diameter (outer) dS1 mm 15 Hole diameter (outer) dS2 mm 9 Hole diameter (inner) dS3 mm 6.6 Screw countersink diameter (inner) dS4 mm 11 Secondary section mounting screws (outside) MS1 mm DIN 6912 - M8 Secondary section mounting screws (inside) MS2 mm DIN 6912 - M6


Size Variable Unit 1FN3600-0TJ00 Maximum length lA mm 58.5 Hole position (right) lA1 mm 30 Hole distance to secondary section hole IS3 mm 92 Maximum width bA mm 251 G 1/8 cooler connector position (height) hA1 mm 66 Hole pattern (transverse) bA1 mm 222 Maximum height (block) hA mm 25.5




Mounting the Hall sensor onto the peak load motor 1FN3600

Figure 10-26 Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for 1FN3600 motors



Figure 10-27 Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for 1FN3600 motors



Mounting the Hall sensor box onto the continuous load motor 1FN3600

Figure 10-28 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for 1FN3600-xN motors



Figure 10-29 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for 1FN3600-xN motors




Figure 10-30 Cooling section with plug coupling for the 1FN3600 motor sizes

Figure 10-31 Cooling section with hose connector nipple R/L for the 1FN3600 motor sizes



10.6 1FN3900

Figure 10-32 Installation diagram of the motor 1FN3900



Figure 10-33 Installation diagram of the motor 1FN3900 (cross sections and details)





1W 2W 3W 4W 5W Length without connection cover lP mm 382 543 704 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 90 90 90 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 372 533 694 Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 11 / 281) Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 322 483 644 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 329.5 329.5 329.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 342 342 342 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 80 80 80 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm 240 240 240 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 351 351 351 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 342.5 342.5 342.5 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 87.9 87.9 87.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 77.9 77.9 77.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 66 66 66 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 76 76 76


hP1 mm 46.6 46.6 46.6

Height of primary section with precision cooler hP2 mm 58.5 58.5 58.5 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 6 Mounting screw thread MP M8 M8 M8 Version with one connecting cable (end of the Article No. ...0AA1) PG thread position (width) bPG mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 PG thread position (height) hPG mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 PG thread diameter GPG PG21 PG21 PG21 /

PG291)

Version with 2 connecting cables (end of the Article No. ...0BA1) Thread position (height) hM mm 23.4 23.4 23.4 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M32x1.5 M32x1.5 M32x1.5 Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 1) Valid for 1FN3900-4WB50 and 1FN3900-4WC00





1N 2N 3N 4N 5N Length without connection cover lP mm 399 560 721 Longitudinal hole pattern lP1 mm 80.5 80.5 80.5 Total longitudinal hole pattern lP2 mm 241.5 402.5 563.5 Position 1st hole longitudinal pattern lP3 mm 102 102 102 Position of the magnetically active surface lP4 mm 392.8 553.8 714.8 Connection cover length lP5 mm 11 11 11 Magnetically active length lP,AKT mm 340 501 662 Main cooler connector position (width) bHK mm 329.5 329.5 329.5 Width without precision cooler bP mm 342 342 342 Transverse hole pattern bP1 mm 80 80 80 Total transverse hole pattern bP2 mm 240 240 240 Thread 1 position (width) bM1 mm 53.5 53.5 53.5 Thread 2 position (width) bM2 mm 41.5 41.5 41.5 Precision cooler connector spacing bPK mm 17 17 17 Precision cooler width bPK1 mm 351 351 351 Precision cooler connection position bPK2 mm 342.5 342.5 342.5 Main cooler connection spacing hHK mm 19 19 19 Main cooler connection position (height) hHK1 mm 32.9 32.9 32.9 Motor height with additional coolers hM1 mm 101.9 101.9 101.9 Motor height with precision cooler hM2 mm 91.9 91.9 91.9 Motor height without additional cooler hM3 mm 80.0 80.0 80.0 Motor height with heatsink profile without precision cooler

hM4 mm 90.0 90.0 90.0


hP1 mm 60.6 60.6 60.6

Height of primary section with precision cooler hP2 mm 72.5 72.5 72.5 Thread position (height) hM mm 30.3 30.3 30.3 Precision cooler height hPK mm 11.9 11.9 11.9 Precision cooler connector position (height) hPK1 mm 6 6 6 Thread 1 diameter GM1 M32x1.5 M32x1.5 M32x1.5 Thread 2 diameter GM2 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 M20x1.5 Mounting screw thread MP M8 M8 M8




Size Variable Unit 1FN3900-4SAxx Secondary section length IS mm 184 Hole pattern (longitudinal) IS1 mm 46 Total hole pattern (longitudinal) IS2 mm lS1 x (4xN2–1) First hole position of hole pattern (longitudinal) IS4 mm 25.5 Incline IS5 mm 4.5 Width without heatsink profile bS mm 334 Hole pattern (transverse) bS1 mm 158 Width with heatsink profile bKP1 mm 341 Heatsink profile connector spacing bKP2 mm 17 Height without heatsink profile with cover hS1 mm 18.5 Height with heatsink profile with cover hS2 mm 28.5 Mounting screw clamp length hS3 mm 22 Screw countersink diameter (outer) dS1 mm 15 Hole diameter (outer) dS2 mm 9 Hole diameter (inner) dS3 mm 6.6 Screw countersink diameter (inner) dS4 mm 11 Secondary section mounting screws (outside) MS1 mm DIN 6912 - M8 Secondary section mounting screws (inside) MS2 mm DIN 6912 - M6


Size Variable Unit 1FN3900-0TJ00 Maximum length lA mm 58.5 Hole position (right) lA1 mm 30 Hole distance to secondary section hole IS3 mm 69 Maximum width bA mm 345 G 1/8 cooler connector position (height) hA1 mm 6 Hole pattern (transverse) bA1 mm 316 Maximum height (block) hA mm 27.5




Mounting the Hall sensor box onto the peak load motor 1FN3900

Figure 10-34 Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for 1FN3900 motors



Figure 10-35 Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for 1FN3900 motors



Mounting the Hall sensor box to the continuous load motor 1FN3900

Figure 10-36 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with straight cable outlet for 1FN3900-xN motors



Figure 10-37 Mounting the Hall sensor box (HSB) with lateral cable outlet for 1FN3900-xN motors




Figure 10-38 Cooling section with plug coupling for the 1FN3900 motor sizes

Figure 10-39 Cooling section with hose connector nipple R/L for the 1FN3900 motor sizes


Environmental compatibility 11 11.1 Environmental compatibility during production

● The packaging material is made primarily from cardboard.

● Energy consumption during production was optimized.

● Production has low emission levels.

11.2 Disposal The product must be disposed of in the normal recycling process in compliance with national and local regulations.

WARNING

Injury or material damage if not correctly disposed of

Death, serious injury and/or property damage may result from improper disposal of direct drives or their components (especially components with permanent magnets). • Ensure that direct drives and their associated components are correctly disposed of.

Main constituents of a proper disposal procedure ● Complete demagnetization of the components that contain permanent magnets

● Components that are to be recycled should be separated into:

– Electronics scrap (e.g. encoder electronics, sensor modules)

– Electrical scrap (e.g. laminated cores, motor windings, cables)

– Iron to be recycled

– Aluminum

– Insulating materials

● No mixing with solvents, cold cleaning agents, or remains of paint, for example

Environmental compatibility 11.2 Disposal


11.2.1 Disposing of secondary sections

WARNING

Risk of death and/or crushing as a result of permanent magnet fields

If you do not carefully observe the safety instructions regarding permanent-magnetic fields of the secondary sections, then this can result in severe injury and material damage. • Carefully observe the information in Chapter "Risks due to strong magnetic fields

(Page 26)".

Demagnetization of the secondary sections Disposal companies specialized in demagnetization use special disposal furnaces. The insides of the disposal furnace consist of non-magnetic material.

The secondary sections are put in the furnace in a solid, heat-resistant container (such as a skeleton container) made of non-magnetic material and left in the furnace during the entire demagnetization procedure. The temperature in the furnace must be at least 300 °C during a holding time of at least 30 minutes.

Escaping exhaust must be collected and made risk-free without damaging the environment.

11.2.2 Disposal of packaging

Packaging materials and disposal The packaging and packing aids we use contain no problematic materials. With the exception of wooden materials, they can all be recycled and should always be disposed of for reuse. Wooden materials should be burned.

Only recyclable plastics are used as packing aids:

● Code 02 PE-HD (polyethylene)

● Code 04 PE-LD (polyethylene)

● Code 05 PP (polypropylene)

● Code 04 PS (polystyrene)


Coupled motors 12

Parallel operation of two motors on one axes When the motor force of individual motor is not sufficient for the drive application, then it is possible to distribute the required motor torque over two motors.

Provided that the following preconditions are fulfilled, then linear motors can be operated in parallel on a single axis and supplied from a common power module.

If you have any questions about configuring/designing drive systems with linear motors in parallel operation, contact your local Siemens office.

Note Country-specific safety requirements for parallel operation

Country-specific safety requirements and regulations apply when connecting motors in parallel at a power module.

For example, in the US, for special motor protection the specific regulations laid down in the NFPA 70 and NFPA 79 standards must be taken into consideration.

Requirements The position of the primary sections connected in parallel to each other must fulfill certain conditions for operation.

● Use the same primary sections, i.e. size, winding type and article number are the same

● Air gap for the primary sections is the same

● The primary sections connected in parallel are mechanically coupled with one another with an adequate level of stiffness

● For the parallel connection, the larger installation space and double the mass of the two primary sections must be taken into account

● The motor power cables must be the same length in order to ensure even current distribution

● The phase position of the EMFs of the motors connected in parallel must match. To do this, in the installed state, for each motor the position of the primary section with respect to its associated secondary section must be the same.

Coupled motors 12.1 System integration for coupled motors


12.1 System integration for coupled motors

System integration for coupled motors

12.2 Electrical parallel connection

Connection diagram with SME12x Sensor Module The power cables for each motor are connected to the designated terminals on the power module. An intermediate terminal is possible in order to combine the power cables of the individual motors before they are connected to the power module.

The temperature monitoring can be realized via the SME12x Sensor Module, which has 3 channels for temperature monitoring purposes. The signal outputs on the motor side of an unused channel are grounded.

Coupled motors 12.2 Electrical parallel connection


When evaluating all 4 temperature signals (2xTemp-S and 2xTemp-F), the Temp-S signals (PTCs) must be connected in series (see diagram). In the case of a fault, the shutdown function is guaranteed, and the motor causing the problem can be immediately identified as a result of the temperature characteristic of the Temp-F signal (KTY).

WARNING

Risk of electric shock!

Hazardous touch voltages can be present at unused cores and shields if they have not been grounded or insulated. • Refer to the Chapter Shielding, grounding and equipotential bonding.

Figure 12-1 Parallel connection of two primary sections (both TEMP-S connected in series)



Note Changing the DEFAULT setting of the temperature monitoring

For the series circuit shown, the parameterization of the temperature monitoring deviates from the DEFAULT setting, and must be changed in the converter.

Note

When connecting the motors, please follow the instructions for shielding and grounding.

NOTICE

Danger when a primary section phase fails

When the phase current circuit of a primary section fails, then inadmissibly high currents can occur at the primary section connected in parallel. This may result in a demagnetization of the permanent magnets. • Proceed carefully when connecting up and cabling. • Replace worn power cables as soon as possible!



Connection diagram with TM120 Terminal Module The power cables for each motor are connected to the designated terminals on the power module. An intermediate terminal is possible in order to combine the power cables of the individual motors before they are connected to the power module.

The TM120 Terminal Module has 4 temperature sensor inputs; when the two primary sections are connected in parallel, all of the temperature signals can be evaluated.

Figure 12-2 Parallel connection of two primary sections



Mechanical arrangements Two primary sections, which are to be electrically operated in parallel, can be assigned to either a single secondary section track or to two individual secondary section tracks. The cable outlets can run in the same or opposite direction. The master designates the first motor in an axis. The stoker designates the second motor in an axis.

For motors connected electrically in parallel (Master M and Stoker S), this results in four basic mechanical arrangements that are shown in the following table.

Note Requirements relating to coupling motors • Check the position of the counter EMF • Ensure that there is an adequate mechanical coupling • Arrange the motors in the close vicinity • A parallel connection is not recommended for gantry applications

If linear motors are connected in parallel on a shared secondary section track, the position of the primary sections relative to one another must exhibit a specific grid to achieve a matching pole position. With separate secondary section tracks, the position of the tracks in relation to one another must also be taken into account.

Length of the secondary section tracks For long secondary section tracks (longer than 4 m), the tolerance of the mounting holes for the secondary sections can differ significantly. In cases such as these, check that the phase position of the primary sections is maintained ±10° (see the SINAMICS S120 commissioning manual).

Coupled motors 12.3 PARALLEL arrangement


12.3 PARALLEL arrangement

PARALLEL arrangement The phase sequence (U,V,W) of master and stoker is identical as the cable outlet is identical. The position of master and stoker relative to the position of the permanent magnets of the secondary section track must be identical.

For PARALLEL arrangements, it is possible to offset the primary sections by distance A or the secondary section tracks by length B.

A B n τ M

Distance between the primary sections Offset of the secondary sections with respect to one another 0,1,2,.... Pole width (see "Technical data")

Table 12- 1 Phase sequence for PARALLEL arrangements

Phase Master U V W Stoker U V W

Coupled motors 12.4 TANDEM arrangement


12.4 TANDEM arrangement

TANDEM arrangement For the TANDEM arrangement, the distance between the holes must correspond to an integer multiple of the pole pair width.

A n τ M

Distance between the primary sections 0,1,2,.... Pole width (see "Technical data")

Table 12- 2 Phase sequence for TANDEM arrangements

Phase Master U V W Stoker U V W

Coupled motors 12.5 ANTIPARALLEL arrangement


12.5 ANTIPARALLEL arrangement

ANTIPARALLEL arrangement The cable outlet of the primary section is opposing. This is the reason that for the phase sequence of the master and stoker, one phase must be interchanged.

A B M n τ M

Distance between the primary sections Offset of the secondary sections with respect to one another Minimum clearance (see Table "Janus arrangement") ....,-2,-1,0,1,2,.... Pole width (see "Technical data")

Table 12- 3 Phase sequence for ANTIPARALLEL arrangements

Phase Master U V W Stoker U W V

Coupled motors 12.6 JANUS arrangement


NOTICE

Phase interchange with U = const.

Minimum clearance M between the master and stoker (see Chapter "Janus arrangement (Page 493)") is specified when interchanging phases V and W (see table above). This minimum clearance changes if it is necessary to interchange other phases.

In this case, contact your local Siemens office or "Technical support" (see Chapter "Introduction (Page 493)").



12.6 JANUS arrangement

JANUS arrangement The cable outlet of the primary section is opposing. This is the reason that for the phase sequence of the master and stoker, one phase must be interchanged.

A B M D n τ M

Distance between the primary sections Offset of the secondary sections with respect to one another Minimum clearance (see "Minimum clearances between master and stoker") Distance between the primary section housings ....,-2,-1,0,1,2,.... Pole width (see "Technical data")

Table 12- 4 Phase sequence for JANUS arrangements

Phase Converter U V W Master U V W Stoker U W V



Minimum clearances between master and stoker

NOTICE

Phase interchange with U = const.

Minimum clearance M is specified when interchanging phases V and W between the master and stoker (see table above). This minimum clearance changes if it is necessary to interchange other phases.

In this case, contact your local Siemens office or "Technical support" (see Chapter "Introduction").

Note Design differences for peak and continuous load motors.

Due to design differences, the minimum distance A is different for peak load and continuous load motors.

Table 12- 5 Minimum clearances between master and stoker

Primary section type Same length Housing clearance D Minimum clearance M Peak load motor 1FN3050-xW 3.5 mm 72.5 mm

1FN3100-xW 3.5 mm 72.5 mm 1FN3150-xW 3.5 mm 72.5 mm 1FN3300-xW 10.2 mm 111.2 mm 1FN3450-xW 10.2 mm 111.2 mm 1FN3600-xW 10.2 mm 111.2 mm 1FN3900-xW 10.2 mm 111.2 mm

Continuous load motor 1FN3050-xN 25.5 mm 102.5 mm 1FN3100-xN 25.5 mm 102.5 mm 1FN3150-xN 25.5 mm 102.5 mm 1FN3300-xN 46.2 mm 157.2 mm 1FN3450-xN 46.2 mm 157.2 mm 1FN3600-xN 46.2 mm 157.2 mm 1FN3900-xN 46.2 mm 157.2 mm

Coupled motors 12.7 Interdigital motors


12.7 Interdigital motors

Structural options for double-sided motors The following figure shows the variants in which a double-sided motor can be implemented:

(a) Two standard secondary section tracks are mounted on a support plate – the incline of the permanent magnets is not parallel

(b) Two magnet tracks with parallel incline are stuck onto the support plate

(c) A magnet track is integrated in the support plate

Figure 12-3 Principle structure of a double-sided motor

Advantages and disadvantages In the case of variant (a), two standard primary sections can be used, since both primary sections work with the standard polarity of the secondary sections. Therefore, in principle this variant can be implemented for all motors.

Due to the lower dynamic mass for Variants (b) and (c), these double-sided motors are suited for very high dynamic requirements. In case c, a primary section must operate with the inverse polarity of the secondary section; this is the reason why an inverse winding is required here. This is only available for certain motor types and on request.

Coupled motors 12.7 Interdigital motors


Phase sequence of primary sections The primary sections of double-sided motors are connected in parallel corresponding to the following table. Phase Master U V W Stoker U V W

Construction of the support plate The support plate for the application-specific secondary section track must be manufactured by the customer in agreement with the Siemens office responsible.

The minimum thickness of the support plate only depends on the motor forces to be transferred. It is approximately 2 mm thick. For reasons of stiffness, this dimension – corresponding to the structure of the application-specific secondary section – should be increased as different air gaps on the left and right result in different forces of attraction. The difference of the attraction forces of the motors must be transferred to the guide via the support plate and its connecting structure. If the stiffness of the support plate is too low, impermissibly high deformation may result. Even though theoretically the forces of attraction are compensated in the case of double-sided motors, forces of up to about 25 % of the force of attraction of a motor have an effect on the support plate.

Configuration Double-sided motors are mainly configured in the normal way. Only difference: In this case, the dynamic mass is the mass of the secondary section system. This means that the following must be taken into consideration:

● The mass of the secondary sections or the mass of the magnetic material

● The mass of the (special) secondary section covers

● The mass of the mount of the support plate

● The mass of the guide elements

● The mass of the length measuring system


Appendix A A.1 List of abbreviations

Abbreviations BGR Health and safety at work regulations (in Germany) BGV Binding national health and safety at work regulations (in Germany) CE Communaute Europeene DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung (German standards organization) EC European Union EMC Electromagnetic compatibility EMF Electromotive force EN Europäische Norm (European standard) FAQ Frequently Asked Questions HFD High-frequency damping HSB Hall Sensor Box HW Hardware IATA International Air Transport Association IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IP International Protection or Ingress Protection; type of protection für electric de-

vices according to DIN EN 60529 ISO International Standardization Organization KTY Temperature sensor with progressive, almost linear characteristic LU Length Unit NC Numerical control PDS Power drive system PE Protection Earth (protective conductor) PELV Protective extra low voltage PLC Programmable logic controller PTC Temperature sensor with positive temperature coefficient RoHS Restriction of (the use of certain) Hazardous Substances S1 "Continuous operation" mode S2 "Short-time operation" mode S3 "Intermittent operation" mode SMC Sensor Module Cabinet SME Sensor Module External

Appendix A.1 List of abbreviations


SSI Synchronous Serial Interface SW Software Temp-F Circuit for monitoring the temperature the motor winding Temp-S Temperature monitoring circuit for switching off the drive at overtemperature TM Terminal Module VDE Association of Electrical Engineering, Electronics and Information Technology

(in Germany) WMS Position measuring system; incl. WMS: incremental position measuring system;

abs. WMS: absolute position measuring system

Appendix A.2 Declaration of conformity for the 1FN3


A.2 Declaration of conformity for the 1FN3

EC declaration of conformity of the 1FN3 linear motor

Appendix A.3 Recommended manufacturers


A.3 Recommended manufacturers

A.3.1 Introduction

Information regarding third-party products

Note Recommendation relating to third-party products

This document contains recommendations relating to third-party products. Siemens accepts the fundamental suitability of these third-party products.

You can use equivalent products from other manufacturers.

Siemens does not accept any warranty for the properties of third-party products.

A.3.2 Manufacturers of braking elements Schaeffler KG www.schaeffler.com

Zimmer GmbH Technische Werkstätten www.zimmer-gmbh.com

A.3.3 Manufacturers of cold water units Helmut Schimpke Industriekühlanlagen GmbH + Co. KG www.schimpke.de

BKW Kälte-Wärme-Versorgungstechnik GmbH www.bkw-kuema.de

Rittal GmbH & Co. KG www.rittal.de

Pfannenberg GmbH www.pfannenberg.com

Hydac International GmbH www.hydac.com

http://www.schaeffler.com

http://www.zimmer-gmbh.com

http://www.schimpke.de

http://www.bkw-kuema.de

http://www.rittal.de

http://www.pfannenberg.com

http://www.hydac.com

Appendix A.3 Recommended manufacturers


A.3.4 Manufacturers of anti-corrosion agents TYFOROP CHEMIE GmbH Anti-corrosion protection: Tyfocor

www.tyfo.de

Clariant Produkte (Deutschland) GmbH Anti-corrosion protection: Antifrogen N

www.clariant.de

A.3.5 Manufacturers of connectors for cooling Rectus GmbH www.rectus.de

A.3.6 Manufacturers of plastic hose manufacturers Festo AG & Co. KG www.festo.com

Rectus GmbH www.rectus.de

A.3.7 Manufacturers of connector nipples and reinforcing sleeves Serto GmbH www.serto.de

http://www.tyfo.de

http://www.clariant.de

http://www.rectus.de

http://www.festo.com

http://www.rectus.de

http://www.serto.de

Appendix A.4 Terminal markings according to EN 60034-8:2002


A.3.8 Manufacturers of spacer foils SAHLBERG GmbH & Co. KG www.sahlberg.de

A.4 Terminal markings according to EN 60034-8:2002

Terminal markings according to EN 60034-8:2002 With Standard EN 60034-8:2002, designations for electrical terminals have changed. The changes that are relevant for the motors described here are shown in the following table.

Table A- 1 Terminal markings according to EN 60034-8

KTY 84 (Temp-F) Bimetallic NC contact (Temp-S for 1FN1)

PTC (Temp-S for 1FN3)

Old marking 2T1⊕ / 2T1⊝ 1T1/1T2 1T1/1T2 New marking +1R1 / –1R1 1TB1 / 1TB2 1TP1 / 1TP2

http://www.sahlberg.de


Glossary

Absolute position measuring system By using several reading tracks, the motor is able to recognize the current position with the absolute position measuring system immediately after switching on. The position is recognized without traversing distance and is transmitted via the serial EnDat interface. The measurement path is limited and more expensive due to the more complex measurement track.

Condensation When the relative humidity in the immediate vicinity of the motor reaches 100 %, the excess moisture in the air condenses on the surface of the motor. The resulting water film is called condensation.

Gantry operation In gantry operation, the synchronous motion of two motors is implemented via two independent axis drives including position measuring system.

Incremental position measuring system To determine the position of the motor in the machine using an incremental position measuring system, the motor must travel to a reference point after being switched on. There are several reference points with the distance-coded incremental position measuring system. Higher speeds can be reached if open incremental encoders are used.

Janus arrangement In a Janus arrangement, the phases V and W must be swapped for the → Stoker, so that → Master und → Stoker run in the same direction. The cable outlets of the motors are located on opposite sides.

Master The term "Master" describes the first of two motors in an axis fed by a shared power module, which are therefore connected in parallel. → Parallel connection.

Glossary


Parallel connection of motors The parallel connection of two identical motors to one power module doubles the power available for the drive in comparison with just one such motor. Both motors must have a defined position to one another for synchronous power generation. The motors must be rigidly coupled to one another to guarantee the defined position of the motors relative to one another throughout operation.

Only one position measuring system is required to control the motors.

Primary section The primary section is the electrically active component of a linear motor. Usually this is also the moving component.

Secondary section In contrast to the → Primary section, the secondary section is not electrically active. The → Secondary section track is made up to secondary sections.

Secondary section track As a rule, the secondary section track is made up of several → Secondary sections. Usually this is a non-moving component of a linear motor.

Stoker The term "Stoker" describes the second of two motors in an axis fed by a shared power module, which are therefore connected in parallel. → Parallel connection.

Tandem arrangement In a tandem arrangement, → Master and → Stoker have the same phase sequence UVW. The cable outlets of the motors are located on the same side.


Index

A Accessories, 42 Accidents

First aid, 29 Air gap

Characteristics, 419, 421 Anti-corrosion protection, 67 Attraction force, 124, 419

B Braking, 76, 76 Braking concepts, 77

C Cable

Cable laying regulations, 160 Features, 160

Cable carrier, 160 Characteristics

Attraction force - air gap, 419 Continuous force intake temperature, 420 Motor thrust - air gap, 421

Condensation, 68 Configuration

Duty cycle, 85 Configuring

Boundary conditions, 83 Positioning in a specified time, 98 Sequence, 81

Connection Cooling, 135, 136 Electrical, 148

Connection cover, 43 Continuous force, 91 Cooling, 56, 57, 58

Connection, 135, 136 Intake temperature, 68 Main cooler, 57, 58 Precision cooler, 58 Secondary section cooling, 59

Cooling circuit Interconnecting, 64

Cooling circuits, 64 Maintenance, 168

Cooling medium Anti-corrosion agent properties, 67 General properties, 67 Provision, 66 Water properties, 67

Cooling section, 60 Cooling, term, 56 Coupled motors

Mechanical arrangements, 488

D Degree of protection, 31

Installed motor, 33 Primary section, 33

Direction of motion, 31 Disposal, 481 Double-sided motor, 495

E Encoder system, 70 Environmental compatibility, 481 Example

Dimensioning of the cooling system, 110 Order, 45

F Fastening hole, 423

G Grounding, 161

H Hall sensor box

Mounting, 74 Use, 74

Hotline, 7

Index


I IATA, 117 Incorrect commutation, 72 Installation situation

General, 124 Insulation resistance, 167 Intake temperature, 68, 420 Intermittent duty, 89

K KTY 84, 53

M Magnetic field

Attraction force, 124 Magnetic fields

First aid in the case of accidents, 29 Occurrence, 26

Main cooler, 57, 58 Malfunctions

Braking, 76 Motor

Components, 47 Configuration, 81 Disposal, 481 Transport, 114

Motor assembly Procedure, 128 Safety instructions, 122

Motor installation, 125 Motor protection, 31 Mounting

Hall sensor box, 74 Mounting system, (Screw-in depth)

General rules, 133 Tightening torques, 133

N Noise emission, 33

O Operating mode

Intermittent duty, 89 Short-time duty, 87 Uninterrupted duty, 87

Order designations, 40

P Packaging, 114, 114, 482 Parallel connection

SME12x, 484 TM120, 487

Parallel connection of motors Double-sided motor, 495

Parallel operation of two motors, 483 Peak force, 91 Power module

Selection, 96 Precision cooler, 58 Primary section

Cooling, 58 Order designations, 40 Selection, 92

PTC, 53

R RoHS, 8

S Safety instructions

Disposal, 481 Electrical connection, 141 Maintenance, 163 Mechanical installation, 113, 121 Mounting, 122 Storage and transport, 113, 121

Secondary section Cooling, 59 Number, 93 Order designations, 40

Secondary section cooling, 59 Secondary section cover, 45 Secondary section end piece, 48, 138 Secondary section track

Total length, 93 Shielding, 161 Short-time duty, 87 Siemens Service Center, 7 STARTER, 80

Index


T Technical Support, 7 Temperature sensor

KTY 84, 54 PTC element, 54

Temp-F, 53 Temp-S, 53 Thermo-Sandwich, 57, 57 Third-party products, 500

U Uninterrupted duty, 87 Use for the intended purpose, 23

V Vibration response, 34

Configuration Manual SIMOTICS L-1FN3 Linear Motors

Documents

Transcript of Configuration Manual SIMOTICS L-1FN3 Linear Motors